Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Operations Research

2,338 missions · 1,110 completed

The discipline of applying mathematical analysis to complex decision problems in operations: allocating scarce resources, scheduling, routing, inventory, and the design of service and production systems. Drawing on mathematical programming, stochastic modeling, queueing, simulation, and game-theoretic reasoning, it seeks policies that perform provably well in systems shaped by constraints, congestion, and uncertainty.

Missions

Open1228Completed1110All2338
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

On Sequential Decisions and Markov Chains 3: A Deterministic Stationary Procedure Minimizes the Ratio of Two Long-Run Average CostsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many controlled systems are judged by a ratio of two long-run quantities rather than by a single one: cost per unit of output, cost per unit of time when the time spent in a state depends on the decision, cost per customer served, or expected cost per cycle of a renewal process. In a finite Markov decision model each of these is a quotient of two average costs per unit time. Cyrus Derman's 1962 paper On Sequential Decisions and Markov Chains (DOI 10.1287/mnsc.9.1.16) introduced this ratio-of-costs criterion in its §4, prompted by the fractional linear program that its §3 uses to solve the total-cost problem as a linear program, and pointed to Klein's work on maintenance policies as an example of the problem.

The paper's §4 first observes that, restricted to stationary randomized procedures, the ratio criterion is a ratio of two linear functions of the stationary state-decision frequencies, so it can be minimized by the fractional linear programming lemma of §3. The question it then raises is the one this mission formalizes: is the procedure optimal over stationary procedures also optimal over all procedures, including history-dependent and randomized ones? Derman's Theorem 3 answers yes under an irreducibility assumption, by reducing the ratio problem to a family of ordinary average-cost problems with costs of either sign.

Timeline, as far as it bears on this mission:

  • 1960: Manne, Linear Programming and Sequential Decisions, shows that linear programming applies to the average-cost problem, in the context of an inventory problem; Wagner, On the Optimality of Pure Strategies, shows by linear programming that a deterministic stationary procedure is optimal for it.
  • 1960: Howard, Dynamic Programming and Markov Processes, gives policy iteration for the average-cost problem over stationary procedures.
  • 1962: Derman proves that a deterministic stationary procedure is optimal over all procedures for the average-cost criterion (Theorem 1), formulates the average and total cost problems as linear programs under irreducibility assumptions (Theorem 2), and extends the optimality of deterministic stationary procedures to the ratio criterion (Theorem 3).
  • 1962: Klein, Inspection-Maintenance-Replacement Schedules Under Markovian Deterioration, gives a problem of the ratio type (cited by Derman, p. 18).
  • 1963: Jewell, Markov-renewal programming, treats the gain rate (reward per unit sojourn time) of semi-Markov decision processes, over stationary policies.

Setting

A system is observed at times t=0,1,…t = 0, 1, \dotst=0,1,… in one of finitely many states 0,…,L0, \dots, L0,…,L. After each observation one of the decisions d1,…,dKd_1, \dots, d_Kd1​,…,dK​ is made, all of them available in every state. If the system is in state iii and decision dkd_kdk​ is made, the next state is jjj with probability qij(k)≥0q_{ij}(k) \ge 0qij​(k)≥0, where ∑jqij(k)=1\sum_j q_{ij}(k) = 1∑j​qij​(k)=1.

A procedure RRR chooses the decision at time ttt at random, with probabilities Dk(X0,Δ0,…,Xt)D_k(X_0, \Delta_0, \dots, X_t)Dk​(X0​,Δ0​,…,Xt​) that may depend on the whole past; the class of all procedures is CCC. The class C′C'C′ consists of the stationary randomized procedures, for which the probability of dkd_kdk​ in state iii is a fixed number DikD_{ik}Dik​, whatever the past and the time. The class C′′C''C′′ consists of the deterministic stationary procedures, those of C′C'C′ with every Dik∈{0,1}D_{ik} \in \{0, 1\}Dik​∈{0,1}; it is finite. A procedure of C′C'C′ turns the states into a Markov chain with transition probabilities pij=∑kqij(k)Dikp_{ij} = \sum_k q_{ij}(k) D_{ik}pij​=∑k​qij​(k)Dik​.

Let wik′>0w'_{ik} > 0wik′​>0 and wik′′>0w''_{ik} > 0wik′′​>0 be two sets of costs incurred when decision dkd_kdk​ is made in state iii. For a fixed procedure RRR started at X0=iX_0 = iX0​=i, let Wt′W'_tWt′​ and Wt′′W''_tWt′′​ be the expected costs at time ttt. The ratio criterion is

ψR(i)=lim sup⁡T→∞∑t=0TWt′∑t=0TWt′′.\psi_R(i) = \limsup_{T\to\infty} \frac{\sum_{t=0}^{T} W'_t}{\sum_{t=0}^{T} W''_t}.ψR​(i)=T→∞limsup​∑t=0T​Wt′′​∑t=0T​Wt′​​.

For a single cost set www with expected costs WtW_tWt​, the average cost per unit time is QR(i)=lim sup⁡T→∞1T∑t=0TWtQ_R(i) = \limsup_{T\to\infty} \frac1T \sum_{t=0}^{T} W_tQR​(i)=limsupT→∞​T1​∑t=0T​Wt​.

Assumption A says that for every procedure of C′C'C′ all states 0,…,L0, \dots, L0,…,L belong to the same class of the induced Markov chain.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 23)

Under Assumption A, for every initial state iii there is a deterministic stationary procedure R3∈C′′R_3 \in C''R3​∈C′′ with

ψR3(i)=min⁡R∈CψR(i),\psi_{R_3}(i) = \min_{R \in C} \psi_R(i),ψR3​​(i)=R∈Cmin​ψR​(i),

that is, ψR3(i)≤ψR(i)\psi_{R_3}(i) \le \psi_R(i)ψR3​​(i)≤ψR​(i) for every procedure R∈CR \in CR∈C.

Steps of the proof (milestones)

  1. Theorem 1 (1) for costs of either sign: for every real cost www there is R1∈C′′R_1 \in C''R1​∈C′′ with QR1(i)≤QR(i)Q_{R_1}(i) \le Q_R(i)QR1​​(i)≤QR​(i) for all R∈CR \in CR∈C and all iii.
  2. For any procedure RRR, ψR(i)≤m\psi_R(i) \le mψR​(i)≤m implies QR(i)≤0Q_R(i) \le 0QR​(i)≤0 for the costs wik=wik′−m wik′′w_{ik} = w'_{ik} - m\, w''_{ik}wik​=wik′​−mwik′′​.
  3. Under Assumption A, for R∗∈C′′R^* \in C''R∗∈C′′, QR∗(i)≤0Q_{R^*}(i) \le 0QR∗​(i)≤0 for those costs implies ψR∗(i)≤m\psi_{R^*}(i) \le mψR∗​(i)≤m.
  4. For R∈C′R \in C'R∈C′ under Assumption A, ψR(i)=∑s∑kπsDskwsk′∑s∑kπsDskwsk′′\psi_R(i) = \dfrac{\sum_{s}\sum_k \pi_s D_{sk} w'_{sk}}{\sum_s\sum_k \pi_s D_{sk} w''_{sk}}ψR​(i)=∑s​∑k​πs​Dsk​wsk′′​∑s​∑k​πs​Dsk​wsk′​​, with π\piπ the stationary distribution of (psj)(p_{sj})(psj​).

Significance

Theorem 3 justifies solving ratio problems over stationary procedures only. Combined with the display of milestone 4 it shows that the fractional linear program over stationary state-decision frequencies yields a procedure optimal against every procedure, including those that remember the past or randomize. The same reduction, minimizing w′−mw′′w' - m w''w′−mw′′ and adjusting mmm, underlies later parametric methods for fractional Markov decision problems and the analysis of semi-Markov decision processes, where the denominator is the expected sojourn time.

All four steps and the theorem are classical and proved on paper. None of them is formalized on Prove2Me: the platform has average-cost optimality statements with nonnegative costs (Sennott's Proposition 6.2.3) and Jewell's gain-rate results restricted to stationary policies, but no statement of a ratio criterion over history-dependent procedures. This mission produces the statement of Theorem 3, the signed-cost version of Theorem 1 that it uses, and the two translation steps between the ratio criterion and the average-cost criterion.

Difficulty

The obvious argument restricts to stationary procedures, where all Cesàro limits exist and the ratio criterion is a ratio of two linear functionals of a stationary distribution. It says nothing about a history-dependent procedure, whose averages 1T∑t≤TWt′\frac1T\sum_{t\le T} W'_tT1​∑t≤T​Wt′​ and 1T∑t≤TWt′′\frac1T\sum_{t \le T} W''_tT1​∑t≤T​Wt′′​ need not converge, and for which the limit superior of the ratio is not the ratio of the limits superior. The translation from the ratio to an average cost therefore works in one direction for every procedure (milestone 2) and in the other direction only for stationary ones (milestone 3). The other ingredient, optimality of a deterministic stationary procedure for the average-cost criterion against all procedures with costs of either sign (milestone 1), is the substance of Derman's Theorem 1 and requires a vanishing-discount or equivalent argument over history-dependent procedures.

Formalization scope

The dynamics and the procedures come from the published definitions SennottDP_AvgFinite_Model: the system is an MDC S Act with [Fintype S] [Fintype Act] and the hypothesis ∀ s, M.A s = Finset.univ (all decisions available); the class CCC is Policy M, history-dependent and randomized; C′′C''C′′ is StationaryPolicy M through .toPolicy; the law of the history is histProb. The cost field M.C of that structure plays no role: the costs w′w'w′, w′′w''w′′ and the signed cost of milestone 1 are explicit real arguments S → Act → ℝ.

The local definitions are: the expected cost at time ttt for a real cost, as a finite sum over histories of length t+1t+1t+1; QR(i)Q_R(i)QR​(i) with Derman's normalization (T+1T+1T+1 terms divided by TTT); ψR(i)\psi_R(i)ψR​(i) as the limit superior of the ratio of partial sums; the induced matrix pijp_{ij}pij​; Assumption A as Matrix.IsIrreducible of ppp for every row-stochastic D≥0D \ge 0D≥0; and membership of a procedure in C′C'C′ with probabilities DDD. All limits superior are real, of bounded sequences; positivity of w′w'w′ and w′′w''w′′ is a hypothesis of every statement involving ψ\psiψ, which keeps the denominators positive.

The goal quantifies "for every initial state there is R3R_3R3​", following the proof. The competitors in the goal and in milestone 1 range over all of Policy M; a version comparing only with stationary procedures is a different and easier theorem and does not close this mission. Assumption A is kept in the goal although the proof does not visibly use it, because the theorem states it.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, in particular the signed-cost Theorem 1 (which may reduce to Sennott's Proposition 6.2.3 by shifting costs by a constant), Cesàro limits for stationary procedures on finite chains (reusable for milestones 3 and 4), and the final compactness argument over the finite class C′′C''C′′.

Selected references

  • C. Derman, On Sequential Decisions and Markov Chains, Management Science 9(1):16–24, 1962. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.9.1.16
  • A. S. Manne, Linear Programming and Sequential Decisions, Management Science 6(3):259–267, 1960. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.6.3.259
  • M. Klein, Inspection-Maintenance-Replacement Schedules Under Markovian Deterioration, Management Science 9(1), 1962.
  • H. M. Wagner, On the Optimality of Pure Strategies, Management Science 6(3), 1960.
  • R. A. Howard, Dynamic Programming and Markov Processes, MIT Press, 1960.
  • W. S. Jewell, Markov-Renewal Programming. I: Formulation, Finite Return Models, Operations Research 11(6):938–948, 1963. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.11.6.938
  • L. I. Sennott, Stochastic Dynamic Programming and the Control of Queueing Systems, Wiley, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470317037
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Project Scheduling with Time Windows and Scarce Resources VII: A Locally Quasiconcave Objective Always Has a Quasistable Optimal ScheduleTextbook

Motivation

Resource-constrained project scheduling asks for start times of the activities of a project that respect precedence-type time lags and the capacities of renewable resources (machines, crews, equipment). Classical project scheduling minimizes the project duration, a regular objective: delaying an activity never helps. Many objectives met in practice are not regular. The resource investment problem minimizes the cost of the resource capacities that must be procured; resource levelling problems minimize fluctuations of resource usage over time; the resource renting problem trades fixed procurement against time-dependent renting costs; net present value and earliness–tardiness objectives reward late as well as early starts. For such objectives the familiar fact that "some active schedule is optimal" fails, and algorithms need another finite set of candidate schedules that is guaranteed to contain an optimum.

Chapter 3 of Neumann, Schwindt and Zimmermann, Project Scheduling with Time Windows and Scarce Resources (2nd ed., Springer 2003, doi:10.1007/978-3-540-24800-2), organizes the objective functions of project scheduling into seven classes and pairs each class with a class of schedules that contains an optimal schedule. This mission formalizes §3.3 of that chapter. The classification goes back to Neumann, Nübel and Schwindt (2000) and Zimmermann (2001); the two locally defined classes, and the matching schedule classes of quasiactive and quasistable schedules, are the book's device for covering discontinuous resource-based objectives.

Setting

A project consists of activities V={0,1,…,n+1}V=\{0,1,\dots,n+1\}V={0,1,…,n+1}, n≥1n\ge 1n≥1, where 000 and n+1n+1n+1 are fictitious activities marking the project beginning and completion. Activity iii has an integer duration pip_ipi​ (p0=pn+1=0p_0=p_{n+1}=0p0​=pn+1​=0, pi>0p_i>0pi​>0 otherwise). The project network has an arc set EEE with integer weights δij\delta_{ij}δij​; a schedule is a vector S=(S0,…,Sn+1)S=(S_0,\dots,S_{n+1})S=(S0​,…,Sn+1​) of real start times with S0=0S_0=0S0​=0, S≥0S\ge 0S≥0, and it is time-feasible if Sj−Si≥δijS_j-S_i\ge\delta_{ij}Sj​−Si​≥δij​ for all ⟨i,j⟩∈E\langle i,j\rangle\in E⟨i,j⟩∈E. A maximum project duration dˉ∈N\bar d\in\mathbb Ndˉ∈N is prescribed through a backward arc ⟨n+1,0⟩\langle n+1,0\rangle⟨n+1,0⟩ of weight −dˉ-\bar d−dˉ, so Sn+1≤dˉS_{n+1}\le\bar dSn+1​≤dˉ. Each renewable resource kkk has capacity RkR_kRk​, activity iii uses rikr_{ik}rik​ units while in progress, and rk(S,t)r_k(S,t)rk​(S,t) is the total usage at time ttt. The feasible region S\mathcal SS consists of the time-feasible schedules with rk(S,t)≤Rkr_k(S,t)\le R_krk​(S,t)≤Rk​ for all kkk and ttt.

For an objective function f:R≥0n+2→Rf:\mathbb R^{n+2}_{\ge 0}\to\mathbb Rf:R≥0n+2​→R, problem PS∣temp,dˉ∣fPS|temp,\bar d|fPS∣temp,dˉ∣f asks for an optimal schedule: some S∈SS\in\mathcal SS∈S with f(S)≤f(S′)f(S)\le f(S')f(S)≤f(S′) for all S′∈SS'\in\mathcal SS′∈S.

A schedule induces the strict order O(S)={(i,j)∣i≠j, Sj≥Si+pi}O(S)=\{(i,j)\mid i\ne j,\ S_j\ge S_i+p_i\}O(S)={(i,j)∣i=j, Sj​≥Si​+pi​} of precedences it realizes. The equal-order set of SSS is

ST=(O(S))={S′ time-feasible∣Sj′≥Si′+pi ∀(i,j)∈O(S), O(S′)=O(S)},\mathcal S_T^{=}(O(S))=\{S'\text{ time-feasible}\mid S'_j\ge S'_i+p_i\ \forall (i,j)\in O(S),\ O(S')=O(S)\},ST=​(O(S))={S′ time-feasible∣Sj′​≥Si′​+pi​ ∀(i,j)∈O(S), O(S′)=O(S)},

a polytope with part of its boundary removed. The distinct equal-order sets partition S\mathcal SS into finitely many pieces.

Schedule classes are defined through shifts. A shift from a feasible SSS to a feasible S′≠SS'\ne SS′=S is order-preserving if O(S)⊆O(S′)O(S)\subseteq O(S')O(S)⊆O(S′); it is a left-shift if S′≤SS'\le SS′≤S. Two shifts from SSS to S′S'S′ and S′′S''S′′ are opposite if S′′−S=λ(S′−S)S''-S=\lambda(S'-S)S′′−S=λ(S′−S) with λ<0\lambda<0λ<0. A feasible schedule is active if no feasible left-shift exists, quasiactive if no order-preserving left-shift exists, stable if no pair of opposite shifts to feasible schedules exists, and quasistable if no pair of opposite order-preserving shifts exists.

Objective classes: fff is regular if S≤S′S\le S'S≤S′ implies f(S)≤f(S′)f(S)\le f(S')f(S)≤f(S′); quasiconcave on a set MMM if f(λS+(1−λ)S′)≥min⁡[f(S),f(S′)]f(\lambda S+(1-\lambda)S')\ge\min[f(S),f(S')]f(λS+(1−λ)S′)≥min[f(S),f(S′)] for S,S′∈MS,S'\in MS,S′∈M, λ∈[0,1]\lambda\in[0,1]λ∈[0,1]; lower semicontinuous if f(S)≤lim inf⁡S′→Sf(S′)f(S)\le\liminf_{S'\to S}f(S')f(S)≤liminfS′→S​f(S′) on R≥0n+2\mathbb R^{n+2}_{\ge 0}R≥0n+2​. Then fff is locally regular (class 6) if it is lower semicontinuous and regular on every equal-order set ST=(O(S))\mathcal S_T^{=}(O(S))ST=​(O(S)), S∈SS\in\mathcal SS∈S, and locally quasiconcave (class 7) if it is lower semicontinuous and quasiconcave on every such set.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.3.13

For every locally quasiconcave fff,

S≠∅ ⟹ ∃ S quasistable with f(S)=min⁡S′∈Sf(S′).\mathcal S\ne\emptyset\ \Longrightarrow\ \exists\,S\ \text{quasistable with}\ f(S)=\min_{S'\in\mathcal S}f(S').S=∅ ⟹ ∃S quasistable with f(S)=S′∈Smin​f(S′).

Milestones

  • Class 1 (§3.3.2): every regular fff has an active optimal schedule when S≠∅\mathcal S\ne\emptysetS=∅.
  • Class 5 (§3.3.6): every quasiconcave fff has a stable optimal schedule when S≠∅\mathcal S\ne\emptysetS=∅.
  • Eq. (3.3.11): the equal-order sets form a finite partition of S\mathcal SS.
  • Propositions 3.3.5 and 3.3.6: the resource investment objective ∑kckmax⁡trk(S,t)\sum_k c_k\max_t r_k(S,t)∑k​ck​maxt​rk​(S,t) with ck≥0c_k\ge 0ck​≥0 is constant on each equal-order set and lower semicontinuous, hence locally regular.
  • Theorem 3.3.9: every locally regular fff has a quasiactive optimal schedule when S≠∅\mathcal S\ne\emptysetS=∅.

Significance

Quasiactive and quasistable schedules are finite in number: they are the minimal points and the vertices of the finitely many schedule polytopes. Theorem 3.3.13 therefore turns the minimization of any locally quasiconcave objective over a disconnected, non-convex feasible region into a finite search. Class 7 contains the resource levelling objectives ∑ck∑rkt2\sum c_k\sum r_{kt}^2∑ck​∑rkt2​ and ∑ck∑okt\sum c_k\sum o_{kt}∑ck​∑okt​, the total variation of the resource profiles, and the resource renting objective (Propositions 3.3.10 and 3.3.12, and Nübel 2001). The enumeration schemes and decision sets of §3.5–3.7 rest on this result, and Theorem 3.3.9 plays the same role for class 6 (resource investment, changeover times).

The results are proved in the book and the cited papers. As far as a search of the platform shows, none of them, and none of the schedule classes, has a machine-checked formalization; Mathlib supplies lower semicontinuity and quasiconcavity but nothing about schedules. The mission produces a checked version of the classification theorems in the book's exact generality: general time lags (cycles in the network allowed), real start times, and arbitrary objectives given only by their class.

Difficulty

The optimum need not exist a priori: objectives of classes 6 and 7 are discontinuous, and the feasible region is a finite union of polytopes that is in general disconnected. Existence of a minimizer needs compactness of S\mathcal SS (which depends on the deadline arc and the network's path structure) together with lower semicontinuity.

The main obstacle is that the objective is only controlled piecewise. Quasiconcavity holds on each equal-order set separately, and an equal-order set is not closed: a schedule polytope ST(O(S))\mathcal S_T(O(S))ST​(O(S)) also contains schedules inducing strictly larger orders, where the hypothesis on fff says nothing about its relation to the values on ST=(O(S))\mathcal S_T^{=}(O(S))ST=​(O(S)). The obvious argument, taking an optimal schedule and invoking quasiconcavity along the segment of a pair of opposite order-preserving shifts, only relates fff at points of one equal-order set, and it does not by itself produce a schedule that admits no such pair at all. The same issue arises for Theorem 3.3.9 with order-preserving left-shifts, which may cross from one equal-order set into another.

Formalization scope

Activities are Fin (n + 2), with 0 and Fin.last (n + 1) fictitious. Start times are real; objective functions are total functions (Fin (n + 2) → ℝ) → ℝ whose regularity, quasiconcavity and lower semicontinuity are required only on the nonnegative orthant (lower semicontinuity is Mathlib's LowerSemicontinuousOn on the orthant). The deadline Sn+1≤dˉS_{n+1}\le\bar dSn+1​≤dˉ is the network's backward arc, as in §3.1. The project structure records the book's standing property (p. 8) that from each node iii there is a path to n+1n+1n+1 of length at least pip_ipi​; this bounds every activity by dˉ\bar ddˉ. The resource constraints are imposed for all t≥0t\ge 0t≥0, which under that property is the book's 0≤t≤dˉ0\le t\le\bar d0≤t≤dˉ. The peak max⁡trk(S,t)\max_t r_k(S,t)maxt​rk​(S,t) in the resource investment objective is a supremum in N\mathbb NN over t≥0t\ge 0t≥0 of a nonempty finite set, hence attained.

"Optimal" always means minimizing fff over the whole feasible region S\mathcal SS, and the theorems quantify over every function in the class; a formalization with a fixed objective, or with optimality over a single polytope or a single equal-order set, would be a different and weaker statement. The schedule classes are defined through shifts, never as minimal or extreme points, so no statement is true by definition. The only hypothesis besides the class of fff is S≠∅\mathcal S\ne\emptysetS=∅.

The mission restates locally the project model, the induced orders and the shift classes also drafted by the companion missions on schedule classes of this series. Useful contributions beyond the milestones: compactness of S\mathcal SS and closedness of the schedule polytopes, the representation of S\mathcal SS as a finite union of feasible order polytopes, and the finiteness of the sets of quasiactive and quasistable schedules.

Selected references

  • K. Neumann, C. Schwindt, J. Zimmermann, Project Scheduling with Time Windows and Scarce Resources, 2nd ed., Springer, 2003, §3.3. doi:10.1007/978-3-540-24800-2
  • K. Neumann, H. Nübel, C. Schwindt, Active and stable project scheduling, Mathematical Methods of Operations Research 52 (2000), cited in the book as Neumann et al. (2000).
  • J. Zimmermann, Ablauforientiertes Projektmanagement: Modelle, Verfahren und Anwendungen, Gabler, 2001.
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Bandit AlgorithmsConvex OptimizationMachine Learning+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Regret Analysis of Stochastic and Nonstochastic Multi-armed Bandit Problems V: Bandit Convex Optimization with One-Point FeedbackTextbook

Motivation

In bandit convex optimization a forecaster repeatedly picks a point xtx_txt​ of a convex set K⊆Rd\mathcal K\subseteq\mathbb R^dK⊆Rd, and an adversary picks a convex loss ℓt\ell_tℓt​. The forecaster pays ℓt(xt)\ell_t(x_t)ℓt​(xt​) and observes only that number: it never sees the function, its gradient, or its value elsewhere. This is the model of online optimization with only function-value access, as in tuning a system online from measured costs, dynamic pricing with an unknown convex demand-cost curve, or routing with path costs observed only on the route taken. The question is how fast the forecaster can approach the best fixed point in hindsight.

Chapter 6 of Bubeck and Cesa-Bianchi's monograph (arXiv:1204.5721v2, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 5(1), 2012) treats the problem through spherical gradient estimates fed to projected gradient descent. The one-point method is due to Flaxman, Kalai and McMahan (SODA 2005, arXiv:cs/0408007), who obtained an O(n3/4)\mathcal O(n^{3/4})O(n3/4) regret bound. Agarwal, Dekel and Xiao (COLT 2010) showed that two function evaluations per round allow O(n)\mathcal O(\sqrt n)O(n​). Whether one-point feedback admits n\sqrt nn​ regret was open when the monograph was written (p. 94); Bubeck, Eldan and Lee (STOC 2017, arXiv:1607.03084) later obtained n\sqrt nn​ regret up to logarithmic and polynomial-in-ddd factors for convex losses, with a different and much more involved algorithm.

Setting

Let B={x∈Rd:∥x∥≤1}\mathbb B=\{x\in\mathbb R^d:\|x\|\le1\}B={x∈Rd:∥x∥≤1} be the closed Euclidean unit ball and S={x:∥x∥=1}\mathbb S=\{x:\|x\|=1\}S={x:∥x∥=1} the unit sphere, with unnormalized spherical measure σ\sigmaσ, so that σ(S)=d Vol(B)\sigma(\mathbb S)=d\,\mathrm{Vol}(\mathbb B)σ(S)=dVol(B). Fix δ>0\delta>0δ>0. For a loss ℓ\ellℓ, the smoothed loss is ℓ~(x)=E ℓ(x+δB)\widetilde\ell(x)=\mathbb E\,\ell(x+\delta B)ℓ(x)=Eℓ(x+δB) with BBB uniform on B\mathbb BB.

The set K\mathcal KK is closed and convex with rB⊆K⊆RBr\mathbb B\subseteq\mathcal K\subseteq R\mathbb BrB⊆K⊆RB. The losses ℓ1,ℓ2,⋯:Rd→R\ell_1,\ell_2,\dots:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rℓ1​,ℓ2​,⋯:Rd→R are GGG-Lipschitz, differentiable and convex, and are fixed before the game (an oblivious adversary).

OSGD (Online Stochastic Gradient Descent) on a set K′\mathcal K'K′ with learning rate η\etaη starts at x1=0x_1=0x1​=0 and sets xt+1=argmin⁡y∈K′∥y−(xt−ηg~t(xt))∥x_{t+1}=\operatorname{argmin}_{y\in\mathcal K'}\|y-(x_t-\eta\widetilde g_t(x_t))\|xt+1​=argminy∈K′​∥y−(xt​−ηg​t​(xt​))∥, where g~t\widetilde g_tg​t​ is a gradient estimate. With S1,S2,…S_1,S_2,\dotsS1​,S2​,… independent and uniform on S\mathbb SS:

  • the two-point estimate (6.1) is g~t(xt)=d2δ(ℓt(Xt+)−ℓt(Xt−))St\widetilde g_t(x_t)=\frac d{2\delta}\big(\ell_t(X_t^+)-\ell_t(X_t^-)\big)S_tg​t​(xt​)=2δd​(ℓt​(Xt+​)−ℓt​(Xt−​))St​ with Xt±=xt±δStX_t^\pm=x_t\pm\delta S_tXt±​=xt​±δSt​; the played point is Xt+X_t^+Xt+​ or Xt−X_t^-Xt−​ by a fair coin;
  • the one-point estimate (6.3) is g~t(xt)=dδ ℓt(X~t)St\widetilde g_t(x_t)=\frac d\delta\,\ell_t(\widetilde X_t)S_tg​t​(xt​)=δd​ℓt​(Xt​)St​ with played point X~t=xt+δSt\widetilde X_t=x_t+\delta S_tXt​=xt​+δSt​.

OSGD runs on the shrunken set K′=(1−δ/r)K\mathcal K'=(1-\delta/r)\mathcal KK′=(1−δ/r)K, so that the perturbed points stay in K\mathcal KK. The pseudo-regret is

R‾n=E∑t=1nℓt(X~t)−min⁡x∈K∑t=1nℓt(x).\overline R_n=\mathbb E\sum_{t=1}^n\ell_t(\widetilde X_t)-\min_{x\in\mathcal K}\sum_{t=1}^n\ell_t(x).Rn​=Et=1∑n​ℓt​(Xt​)−x∈Kmin​t=1∑n​ℓt​(x).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.2, tuned

If in addition ∣ℓt∣≤L|\ell_t|\le L∣ℓt​∣≤L on K\mathcal KK, and δ=(2n)−1/4RdL/((3+R/r)G)\delta=(2n)^{-1/4}\sqrt{RdL/((3+R/r)G)}δ=(2n)−1/4RdL/((3+R/r)G)​, η=(2n)−3/4R3/(dL(3+R/r)G)\eta=(2n)^{-3/4}\sqrt{R^3/(dL(3+R/r)G)}η=(2n)−3/4R3/(dL(3+R/r)G)​, then one-point OSGD satisfies

R‾n≤4n3/4RdL (3+R/r) G.\overline R_n\le 4n^{3/4}\sqrt{RdL\,(3+R/r)\,G}.Rn​≤4n3/4RdL(3+R/r)G​.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 6.1: ∇∫Bℓ(x+δb) db=1δ∫Sℓ(x+δs)s dσ(s)\nabla\int_{\mathbb B}\ell(x+\delta b)\,db=\frac1\delta\int_{\mathbb S}\ell(x+\delta s)s\,d\sigma(s)∇∫B​ℓ(x+δb)db=δ1​∫S​ℓ(x+δs)sdσ(s).
  2. Lemma 6.2: dδE[ℓ(x+δS)S]=∇E ℓ(x+δB)\frac d\delta\mathbb E[\ell(x+\delta S)S]=\nabla\mathbb E\,\ell(x+\delta B)δd​E[ℓ(x+δS)S]=∇Eℓ(x+δB).
  3. Eq. (6.2): ∣ℓ(x)−ℓ~(x)∣≤δG|\ell(x)-\widetilde\ell(x)|\le\delta G∣ℓ(x)−ℓ(x)∣≤δG.
  4. Lemma 6.3: the queried points' regret against xxx is at most the smoothed regret of the iterates against (1−ξ)x(1-\xi)x(1−ξ)x, plus 3δGn+ξGRn3\delta Gn+\xi GRn3δGn+ξGRn.
  5. Theorem 6.1: two-point OSGD has R‾n≤R2/η+η(Gd)2n+δ(3+R/r)Gn\overline R_n\le R^2/\eta+\eta(Gd)^2n+\delta(3+R/r)GnRn​≤R2/η+η(Gd)2n+δ(3+R/r)Gn, and R‾n≤2RGdn+δ(3+R/r)Gn\overline R_n\le 2RGd\sqrt n+\delta(3+R/r)GnRn​≤2RGdn​+δ(3+R/r)Gn for η=R/(Gdn)\eta=R/(Gd\sqrt n)η=R/(Gdn​).
  6. Theorem 6.2, first display: one-point OSGD has R‾n≤R2/η+(dL)2δ2ηn+δ(3+R/r)Gn\overline R_n\le R^2/\eta+\frac{(dL)^2}{\delta^2}\eta n+\delta(3+R/r)GnRn​≤R2/η+δ2(dL)2​ηn+δ(3+R/r)Gn for every 0<δ≤r0<\delta\le r0<δ≤r and η>0\eta>0η>0.

Significance

The n3/4n^{3/4}n3/4 bound shows that a single function value per round suffices for sublinear regret against any oblivious sequence of Lipschitz convex losses, with a forecaster whose only operations are a random perturbation and a Euclidean projection. The smoothing identity of Lemmas 6.1–6.2 is the basic tool of zeroth-order (derivative-free) optimization, used well beyond bandits, and Theorem 6.1 is the n\sqrt nn​ benchmark for two-point methods.

All results are proved in the source. To the best of current knowledge none is formalized: the related items of the Introduction to Online Convex Optimization series on Prove2Me (Hazan's Lemma 6.7 and Theorem 6.9) were formalized with missing hypotheses and are recorded as disproved. This mission produces machine-checked statements with every hypothesis explicit, and the formal infrastructure (sphere measure calculus, a projected stochastic gradient analysis) for later zeroth-order results.

Difficulty

Two steps resist a direct formal treatment. First, Lemma 6.1 is a divergence-theorem identity on the ball; Mathlib has the sphere measure and polar coordinates, but its divergence theorem covers boxes rather than balls, so differentiating the ball average in xxx requires either such a theorem or a direct argument about translates of the ball. Second, the regret analysis takes expectations of quantities that depend on the whole past: the iterate xtx_txt​ is a function of S1,…,St−1S_1,\dots,S_{t-1}S1​,…,St−1​, and unbiasedness E[g~t∣xt]=∇ℓ~t(xt)\mathbb E[\widetilde g_t\mid x_t]=\nabla\widetilde\ell_t(x_t)E[g​t​∣xt​]=∇ℓt​(xt​) holds only conditionally, via independence of StS_tSt​ from the past. A pathwise gradient-descent inequality must be combined with this conditional expectation round by round, with measurability of the projected iterates established along the way. The naive approach of treating the estimate as the true gradient of ℓt\ell_tℓt​ fails: it is a gradient of ℓ~t\widetilde\ell_tℓt​, and the gap is handled only by Eq. (6.2) and Lemma 6.3.

Formalization scope

Points are in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) with d≥1d\ge1d≥1; rounds are t=1,2,…t=1,2,\dotst=1,2,…, sums run over Finset.Icc 1 n. σ\sigmaσ is Mathlib's Measure.toSphere of Lebesgue measure; the uniform laws are normalized restrictions. Randomness lives on an arbitrary probability space; the directions StS_tSt​ are measurable, mutually independent (iIndepFun) and uniform on S\mathbb SS, and in Theorem 6.1 the pairs (St,Ct)(S_t,C_t)(St​,Ct​) are independent with CtC_tCt​ a fair sign independent of StS_tSt​. A run of OSGD is a predicate (start at 000, each iterate a Euclidean projection onto (1−δ/r)K(1-\delta/r)\mathcal K(1−δ/r)K), which determines the run uniquely, so the forecaster uses only observed values and its own randomness. The losses are Lipschitz, differentiable and convex on all of Rd\mathbb R^dRd; the bound ∣ℓt∣≤L|\ell_t|\le L∣ℓt​∣≤L is on K\mathcal KK, because a convex function bounded on Rd\mathbb R^dRd is constant. The minimum over K\mathcal KK is an infimum over the subtype K\mathcal KK, attained in every theorem.

Conventions and corrections, each stated in the item's Formalization Note:

  • Lemma 6.1 carries the factor 1/δ1/\delta1/δ that the printed statement omits and the proof contains (corrected misprint).
  • Theorem 6.1's second display prints η=R/(GDn)\eta=R/(GD\sqrt n)η=R/(GDn​) and a limit "for δ→0\delta\to0δ→0"; the item states R‾n≤2RGdn+δ(3+R/r)Gn\overline R_n\le 2RGd\sqrt n+\delta(3+R/r)GnRn​≤2RGdn​+δ(3+R/r)Gn for η=R/(Gdn)\eta=R/(Gd\sqrt n)η=R/(Gdn​) and every admissible δ\deltaδ, which implies the limit (corrected misprint).
  • Theorems 6.1 and 6.2 add 0<δ≤r0<\delta\le r0<δ≤r, which the proofs need for Xt±,X~t∈KX_t^\pm,\widetilde X_t\in\mathcal KXt±​,Xt​∈K; for the tuned δ\deltaδ of the goal it is a condition on nnn.
  • The goal adds G,L>0G,L>0G,L>0 and n≥1n\ge1n≥1, which its formulas for δ,η\delta,\etaδ,η need; the constant 444 is the book's rounding of 2⋅23/42\cdot2^{3/4}2⋅23/4 and is kept, as is the form R2/ηR^2/\etaR2/η.

The statements cannot be satisfied trivially: the run is pinned by its recursion, the losses are fixed before the randomness, the expectations are of bounded measurable functions (no zero-valued Bochner integrals), and the minimum is over the nonempty compact K\mathcal KK. Section 6.3 (Lemma 6.4, Theorem 6.3) is not included, because its algorithm box and proof use different stage lengths and its unimodality condition is stated on a smaller set than the proof uses.

Needed infrastructure: calculus of ball averages and sphere integrals, symmetry of the uniform sphere law, nonexpansiveness of projections onto closed convex sets, and conditional-expectation bookkeeping for adapted iterates. Each is reusable for zeroth-order optimization; contributions of any of them as separate lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. Bubeck, N. Cesa-Bianchi, Regret Analysis of Stochastic and Nonstochastic Multi-armed Bandit Problems, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 5(1), 2012. arXiv:1204.5721v2, doi:10.1561/2200000024
  • A. Flaxman, A. Kalai, H. B. McMahan, Online convex optimization in the bandit setting: gradient descent without a gradient, SODA 2005. arXiv:cs/0408007
  • A. Agarwal, O. Dekel, L. Xiao, Optimal algorithms for online convex optimization with multi-point bandit feedback, COLT 2010. link
  • S. Bubeck, R. Eldan, Y. T. Lee, Kernel-based methods for bandit convex optimization, STOC 2017. arXiv:1607.03084
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
OptimizationProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Dimensioning Large Call Centers I: The Rationalized Staffing Function Is Asymptotically OptimalResearch Paper

Motivation

A call center with NNN agents facing Poisson arrivals at rate λ\lambdaλ and exponential service at rate μ\muμ is the M/M/N (Erlang-C) queue. Choosing NNN trades the cost of agents against the cost of customers waiting, and in practice it is done with the square-root safety-staffing rule N≈R+yRN \approx R + y\sqrt RN≈R+yR​, where R=λ/μR = \lambda/\muR=λ/μ is the offered load. Borst, Mandelbaum and Reiman (CWI Report PNA-R0015, 2000; published in Operations Research 52(1), 2004, doi:10.1287/opre.1030.0081) turned that rule of thumb into an optimization result: for a general convex staffing cost and a general waiting-cost function, they identify the safety factor yyy that makes the rule asymptotically optimal as the arrival rate grows.

Timeline of the asymptotic regime the paper builds on:

  • 1917. Erlang's delay formula π(N,ν)\pi(N,\nu)π(N,ν) for the M/M/N queue.
  • 1981. Halfin and Whitt (Oper. Res. 29(3)) show that with N=R+βRN = R + \beta\sqrt RN=R+βR​ servers the probability of waiting converges to a limit P(β)∈(0,1)P(\beta) \in (0,1)P(β)∈(0,1), the quality-and-efficiency-driven regime.
  • 2000/2004. Borst, Mandelbaum and Reiman classify cost structures into a rationalized, an efficiency-driven and a quality-driven regime, and prove asymptotic optimality of an explicit staffing rule in each.

This mission is the first of a series of four on that paper and covers the rationalized regime (Section 5), where staffing and waiting costs are of the same order.

Setting

The service rate μ>0\mu > 0μ>0 is fixed and the arrival rate λ\lambdaλ grows. A staffing cost FFF, defined on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), is convex and strictly increasing; it does not depend on λ\lambdaλ. For each λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0 a waiting-cost function DλD_\lambdaDλ​ satisfies Dλ(0)=0D_\lambda(0)=0Dλ​(0)=0, is strictly increasing on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), and makes

G(N,λ)=(Nμ−λ)∫0∞Dλ(t) e−(Nμ−λ)t dtG(N,\lambda) = (N\mu-\lambda)\int_0^\infty D_\lambda(t)\,e^{-(N\mu-\lambda)t}\,dtG(N,λ)=(Nμ−λ)∫0∞​Dλ​(t)e−(Nμ−λ)tdt

finite for every N>λ/μN > \lambda/\muN>λ/μ. With the Erlang-C formula

π(N,ν)=νNN!{(1−νN)∑n=0N−1νnn!+νNN!}−1,\pi(N,\nu) = \frac{\nu^N}{N!}\Big\{\big(1-\tfrac{\nu}{N}\big)\sum_{n=0}^{N-1}\frac{\nu^n}{n!}+\frac{\nu^N}{N!}\Big\}^{-1},π(N,ν)=N!νN​{(1−Nν​)n=0∑N−1​n!νn​+N!νN​}−1,

the expected total cost of staffing N>λ/μN > \lambda/\muN>λ/μ agents is C(N,λ)=F(N)+λ π(N,λ/μ) G(N,λ)C(N,\lambda) = F(N) + \lambda\,\pi(N,\lambda/\mu)\,G(N,\lambda)C(N,λ)=F(N)+λπ(N,λ/μ)G(N,λ), and Nλ∗N^*_\lambdaNλ∗​ is any integer N>λ/μN > \lambda/\muN>λ/μ minimizing it (7).

In normalized units Nλ(x)=λ/μ+xλ/μN_\lambda(x) = \lambda/\mu + x\sqrt{\lambda/\mu}Nλ​(x)=λ/μ+xλ/μ​ the paper defines Fλ(x)=F(Nλ(x))−F(λ/μ)F_\lambda(x) = F(N_\lambda(x)) - F(\lambda/\mu)Fλ​(x)=F(Nλ​(x))−F(λ/μ), Gλ(x)=λG(Nλ(x),λ)G_\lambda(x) = \lambda G(N_\lambda(x),\lambda)Gλ​(x)=λG(Nλ​(x),λ), the continuous delay probability πλ(x)=H(Nλ(x),λ/μ)\pi_\lambda(x) = H(N_\lambda(x),\lambda/\mu)πλ​(x)=H(Nλ​(x),λ/μ) with

H(M,α)={α∫0∞e−αt t (1+t)M−1 dt}−1,H(M,\alpha) = \Big\{\alpha\int_0^\infty e^{-\alpha t}\,t\,(1+t)^{M-1}\,dt\Big\}^{-1},H(M,α)={α∫0∞​e−αtt(1+t)M−1dt}−1,

and Cλ(x)=Fλ(x)+πλ(x)Gλ(x)C_\lambda(x) = F_\lambda(x) + \pi_\lambda(x)G_\lambda(x)Cλ​(x)=Fλ​(x)+πλ​(x)Gλ​(x), minimized at xλ∗x^*_\lambdaxλ∗​ (8). A surrogate C[z;F^,π^,G^]=F^(z)+π^(z)G^(z)C[z;\hat F,\hat\pi,\hat G] = \hat F(z)+\hat\pi(z)\hat G(z)C[z;F^,π^,G^]=F^(z)+π^(z)G^(z) approximates it. Rounding is measured by

Sλ(x)=min⁡{C(⌊Nλ(x)⌋,λ), C(⌈Nλ(x)⌉,λ)}.(10)S_\lambda(x) = \min\{C(\lfloor N_\lambda(x)\rfloor,\lambda),\,C(\lceil N_\lambda(x)\rceil,\lambda)\}. \tag{10}Sλ​(x)=min{C(⌊Nλ​(x)⌋,λ),C(⌈Nλ​(x)⌉,λ)}.(10)

The Halfin–Whitt delay function is P(x)=(1+x/h(−x))−1P(x) = \big(1 + x/h(-x)\big)^{-1}P(x)=(1+x/h(−x))−1, with h=ϕ/(1−Φ)h = \phi/(1-\Phi)h=ϕ/(1−Φ) the standard normal hazard rate (11). Asymptotic equality aλ≈∞bλa_\lambda \stackrel{\infty}{\approx} b_\lambdaaλ​≈∞bλ​ means aλ/bλ→1a_\lambda/b_\lambda \to 1aλ​/bλ​→1 as λ→∞\lambda\to\inftyλ→∞.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.1

Assume the rationalized condition (18): for some κ>0\kappa > 0κ>0, Fλ(κ)/Gλ(κ)→γ∈(0,∞)F_\lambda(\kappa)/G_\lambda(\kappa) \to \gamma \in (0,\infty)Fλ​(κ)/Gλ​(κ)→γ∈(0,∞). Let yλ∗y^*_\lambdayλ∗​ minimize Fλ(y)+P(y)Gλ(y)F_\lambda(y) + P(y)G_\lambda(y)Fλ​(y)+P(y)Gλ​(y) over y>0y>0y>0 (19). Then

lim⁡λ→∞Sλ(yλ∗)−F(λ/μ)C(Nλ∗,λ)−F(λ/μ)=1.\lim_{\lambda\to\infty}\frac{S_\lambda(y^*_\lambda) - F(\lambda/\mu)}{C(N^*_\lambda,\lambda) - F(\lambda/\mu)} = 1.λ→∞lim​C(Nλ∗​,λ)−F(λ/μ)Sλ​(yλ∗​)−F(λ/μ)​=1.

The goal fixes no constant and no rate: it asserts only that the excess cost of the explicit rule is asymptotically the optimal excess cost.

Milestones

  • Lemma C.1: GλG_\lambdaGλ​ is strictly convex and strictly decreasing on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞).
  • Section 3, p. 12: H(N,ν)=π(N,ν)H(N,\nu) = \pi(N,\nu)H(N,ν)=π(N,ν) at integers N>ν>0N > \nu > 0N>ν>0.
  • Lemma 3.1, Lemma 3.2, Corollary 3.3: the approximation principle. If the surrogate approximates CλC_\lambdaCλ​ at both xλ∗x^*_\lambdaxλ∗​ and its own minimizer zλ∗z^*_\lambdazλ∗​, then rounding Nλ(zλ∗)N_\lambda(z^*_\lambda)Nλ​(zλ∗​) is asymptotically optimal.
  • Eqs. (13)–(14): FλF_\lambdaFλ​ preserves lim sup⁡\limsuplimsup-separation of ratios.
  • Lemma 4.1 (Halfin & Whitt): for bounded xλx_\lambdaxλ​, πλ(xλ)/P(xλ)→1\pi_\lambda(x_\lambda)/P(x_\lambda) \to 1πλ​(xλ​)/P(xλ​)→1.

Significance

The theorem justifies the square-root staffing rule from first principles for a broad cost class. In Example 5.3 of the paper (linear staffing cost ccc per agent, linear waiting cost aaa per unit time) it gives N∗≈R+y∗(a/c)RN^* \approx R + y^*(a/c)\sqrt RN∗≈R+y∗(a/c)R​, with y∗(r)y^*(r)y∗(r) the minimizer of y+rP(y)/yy + rP(y)/yy+rP(y)/y, a one-dimensional rule computable once for all loads. Corollary 3.3 is reused verbatim by the efficiency-driven and quality-driven theorems of the paper (missions II and III of this series), and Lemma 4.1 is the analytic input of all three.

The result has been proved since 2000; no machine-checked proof of it, or of the Halfin–Whitt limit for the continuous extension πλ\pi_\lambdaπλ​, is known to exist. The mission produces a formal proof of the regime theorem together with reusable formal statements of the Erlang-C function, its integral representation, and the Halfin–Whitt limit.

Difficulty

The reduction from discrete to continuous staffing (Lemmas 3.1–3.2) is elementary once unimodality of CλC_\lambdaCλ​ is available, but unimodality rests on convexity of πλ\pi_\lambdaπλ​, which the paper cites rather than proves, and on Lemma C.1, which needs differentiation under an improper integral. The central difficulty is Lemma 4.1: the paper derives it from Halfin and Whitt's limit theorem, which is stated for integer server counts, while πλ\pi_\lambdaπλ​ is evaluated at non-integer Nλ(xλ)N_\lambda(x_\lambda)Nλ​(xλ​); a proof needs a uniform Laplace-type asymptotic for the integral defining HHH. A further obstacle is bounding xλ∗x^*_\lambdaxλ∗​: the obvious route through continuity of the optimizer fails because nothing converges, and the paper instead argues by contradiction via (14).

Formalization scope

All objects live in DimCallCenters.Rationalized. The arrival rate is a real lam, and every limit is Filter.atTop on R\mathbb RR with μ\muμ fixed. The queue itself is not modelled; the paper's theorems are statements about the closed-form cost C(N,λ)C(N,\lambda)C(N,λ), and so are these. Committed conventions:

  1. The standing assumptions are a structure WaitModel (μ>0\mu>0μ>0; Dλ(0)=0D_\lambda(0)=0Dλ​(0)=0; DλD_\lambdaDλ​ strictly increasing on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞); t↦Dλ(t)e−θtt\mapsto D_\lambda(t)e^{-\theta t}t↦Dλ​(t)e−θt integrable on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞) for every θ>0\theta>0θ>0, which is the paper's finiteness of GGG). FFF is convex and strictly increasing on (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞).
  2. Staffing levels in C(N,λ)C(N,\lambda)C(N,λ) are natural numbers; GGG and HHH take real NNN.
  3. Argmins (Nλ∗N^*_\lambdaNλ∗​, xλ∗x^*_\lambdaxλ∗​, zλ∗z^*_\lambdazλ∗​, yλ∗y^*_\lambdayλ∗​) are hypotheses that a given function is a minimizer, for every λ>0\lambda>0λ>0; ties are allowed and the theorems hold for every choice.
  4. In SλS_\lambdaSλ​ the floor term is omitted when ⌊Nλ(x)⌋≤λ/μ\lfloor N_\lambda(x)\rfloor \le \lambda/\mu⌊Nλ​(x)⌋≤λ/μ, where CCC is undefined.
  5. lim sup⁡\limsuplimsup and lim inf⁡\liminfliminf relations are written with ∃ᶠ/∀ᶠ, not Filter.limsup on R\mathbb RR.
  6. Added hypothesis. The goal assumes G(N,λ)→∞G(N,\lambda)\to\inftyG(N,λ)→∞ as N↓λ/μN\downarrow\lambda/\muN↓λ/μ. The paper asserts this limit on p. 12, but it does not follow from its assumptions (it fails for bounded DλD_\lambdaDλ​); it is equivalent to DλD_\lambdaDλ​ being unbounded and is what makes the continuous optimum exist.

The hypotheses are met by linear staffing and waiting costs (F(N)=cNF(N)=cNF(N)=cN, Dλ(t)=atD_\lambda(t)=atDλ​(t)=at), for which (18) holds with γ=cκ2/a\gamma = c\kappa^2/aγ=cκ2/a, so the goal is not vacuous. It is not trivialized by junk values either: the ratio's denominator is positive at every λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, and SλS_\lambdaSλ​ never evaluates CCC at an unstable level.

Needed infrastructure: Laplace asymptotics for ∫0∞e−αtt(1+t)M−1dt\int_0^\infty e^{-\alpha t}t(1+t)^{M-1}dt∫0∞​e−αtt(1+t)M−1dt, differentiation under the integral sign for GGG, and convexity of πλ\pi_\lambdaπλ​. All of these are reusable for missions II–IV. Proofs of the milestones in any order are welcome, as are proofs of the convexity facts the paper cites from its references [9], [10].

Selected references

  • S. Borst, A. Mandelbaum, M. I. Reiman, Dimensioning Large Call Centers, CWI Report PNA-R0015, 2000; Operations Research 52(1):17–34, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1030.0081
  • S. Halfin, W. Whitt, Heavy-Traffic Limits for Queues with Many Exponential Servers, Operations Research 29(3):567–588, 1981. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.29.3.567
  • A. K. Erlang, Solution of some problems in the theory of probabilities of significance in automatic telephone exchanges, Elektroteknikeren 13, 1917.
21 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Project Scheduling with Time Windows and Scarce Resources III: Active, Semiactive, Pseudoactive and Quasiactive Schedules Are Minimal Points of the Feasible RegionTextbook

Motivation

Exact and heuristic methods for resource-constrained project scheduling do not search the whole continuum of start-time vectors. They enumerate a finite candidate set that is guaranteed to contain an optimal schedule. For machine scheduling and precedence-only project scheduling the classical candidate sets (semiactive and active schedules) are defined by shifting single activities earlier. With general time lags — minimum and maximum delays between the starts of activities — several activities can be rigidly tied together, and single-activity shifts no longer describe the right candidate sets.

Neumann, Nübel and Schwindt (Neumann et al. 2000) introduced shifts of sets of activities and four resulting classes of schedules: active, semiactive, pseudoactive and quasiactive. Section 2.4 of Neumann, Schwindt and Zimmermann, Project Scheduling with Time Windows and Scarce Resources (Springer 2003), characterizes each class geometrically as the minimal points of a subset of the feasible region. The branch-and-bound procedures of §2.5 of the book enumerate exactly these objects: each enumeration node is a strict order OOO together with the minimal point of its order polyhedron.

Setting

A project has activities V={0,1,…,n+1}V=\{0,1,\dots,n+1\}V={0,1,…,n+1}; 000 and n+1n+1n+1 are fictitious activities marking the project beginning and completion, and 1,…,n1,\dots,n1,…,n are the real activities. Activity iii has an integer duration pip_ipi​, with p0=pn+1=0p_0=p_{n+1}=0p0​=pn+1​=0 and pi>0p_i>0pi​>0 otherwise. Time lags are the arcs ⟨i,j⟩∈E\langle i,j\rangle\in E⟨i,j⟩∈E of the project network NNN with integer weights δij\delta_{ij}δij​. A schedule is a vector S=(S0,…,Sn+1)S=(S_0,\dots,S_{n+1})S=(S0​,…,Sn+1​) of real start times with S0=0S_0=0S0​=0 and Si≥0S_i\ge0Si​≥0. It is time-feasible if Sj−Si≥δijS_j-S_i\ge\delta_{ij}Sj​−Si​≥δij​ for all ⟨i,j⟩∈E\langle i,j\rangle\in E⟨i,j⟩∈E; these schedules form the polyhedron ST\mathcal S_TST​.

There are renewable resources k∈Rk\in\mathcal Rk∈R with capacity RkR_kRk​; activity iii uses rik≤Rkr_{ik}\le R_krik​≤Rk​ units while it is in progress. With the active set A(S,t)={i∣Si≤t<Si+pi}\mathcal A(S,t)=\{i\mid S_i\le t<S_i+p_i\}A(S,t)={i∣Si​≤t<Si​+pi​}, a schedule is resource-feasible if ∑i∈A(S,t)rik≤Rk\sum_{i\in\mathcal A(S,t)}r_{ik}\le R_k∑i∈A(S,t)​rik​≤Rk​ for every kkk and every t≥0t\ge0t≥0. The feasible region is S=ST∩SR\mathcal S=\mathcal S_T\cap\mathcal S_RS=ST​∩SR​. It is in general neither convex nor connected.

A schedule induces the strict order O(S)={(i,j)∣i≠j, Sj≥Si+pi}O(S)=\{(i,j)\mid i\ne j,\ S_j\ge S_i+p_i\}O(S)={(i,j)∣i=j, Sj​≥Si​+pi​}. For a strict order OOO, the order polyhedron is ST(O)={S∈ST∣Sj≥Si+pi ∀(i,j)∈O}\mathcal S_T(O)=\{S\in\mathcal S_T\mid S_j\ge S_i+p_i\ \forall (i,j)\in O\}ST​(O)={S∈ST​∣Sj​≥Si​+pi​ ∀(i,j)∈O}. OOO is feasible if ∅≠ST(O)⊆S\emptyset\ne\mathcal S_T(O)\subseteq\mathcal S∅=ST​(O)⊆S. ST(O(S))\mathcal S_T(O(S))ST​(O(S)) is the schedule polyhedron of SSS.

A left-shift from SSS to S′S'S′ means S′≤SS'\le SS′≤S componentwise and S′≠SS'\ne SS′=S. For feasible S≠S′S\ne S'S=S′, the shift is global; it is local if a continuous trajectory x:[0,1]→Sx:[0,1]\to\mathcal Sx:[0,1]→S joins SSS to S′S'S′; it is order-preserving if O(S)⊆O(S′)O(S)\subseteq O(S')O(S)⊆O(S′) and order-monotone if O(S)⊆O(S′)O(S)\subseteq O(S')O(S)⊆O(S′) or O(S)⊇O(S′)O(S)\supseteq O(S')O(S)⊇O(S′). A feasible schedule is active, semiactive, pseudoactive or quasiactive if no global, local, order-monotone or order-preserving left-shift, respectively, starts at it. A minimal point of M⊆Rn+2\mathcal M\subseteq\mathbb R^{n+2}M⊆Rn+2 is a point S∈MS\in\mathcal MS∈M such that no S′∈MS'\in\mathcal MS′∈M satisfies S′≤SS'\le SS′≤S, S′≠SS'\ne SS′=S.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.4.9

For a feasible schedule SSS:

(a) S active  ⟺  S is a minimal point of S,(b) S semiactive  ⟺  S is a minimal point of a component of S,(c) S pseudoactive  ⟺  S is the minimal point of ST(O) for every feasible strict order O⊆O(S),(d) S quasiactive  ⟺  S is the minimal point of ST(O(S)).\begin{aligned} &\text{(a) } S \text{ active} &&\iff S \text{ is a minimal point of } \mathcal S,\\ &\text{(b) } S \text{ semiactive} &&\iff S \text{ is a minimal point of a component of } \mathcal S,\\ &\text{(c) } S \text{ pseudoactive} &&\iff S \text{ is the minimal point of } \mathcal S_T(O) \text{ for every feasible strict order } O\subseteq O(S),\\ &\text{(d) } S \text{ quasiactive} &&\iff S \text{ is the minimal point of } \mathcal S_T(O(S)). \end{aligned}​(a) S active(b) S semiactive(c) S pseudoactive(d) S quasiactive​​⟺S is a minimal point of S,⟺S is a minimal point of a component of S,⟺S is the minimal point of ST​(O) for every feasible strict order O⊆O(S),⟺S is the minimal point of ST​(O(S)).​

Part (a) is close to a restatement of the definitions. The content lies in (b), which passes from trajectories to connected components; in (c), which replaces a condition on shifts by a condition on finitely many polyhedra; and in (d), which reduces quasiactivity to a single polyhedron.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2.4.7: for a strict order OOO with ST(O)≠∅\mathcal S_T(O)\ne\emptysetST​(O)=∅, lb ST(O)lb\,\mathcal S_T(O)lbST​(O) is the unique minimal point of ST(O)\mathcal S_T(O)ST​(O).
  2. §2.4, p. 39: an order-monotone shift is local.
  3. §2.4, p. 42: AS⊆SAS⊆PAS⊆QAS\mathcal{AS}\subseteq\mathcal{SAS}\subseteq\mathcal{PAS}\subseteq\mathcal{QAS}AS⊆SAS⊆PAS⊆QAS.
  4. §2.4, p. 44: the pseudoactive schedules are exactly the local minimal points of S\mathcal SS in the Euclidean metric.
  5. Remark 2.4.10 (a): if S≠∅\mathcal S\ne\emptysetS=∅, some minimal point of S\mathcal SS is an optimal schedule.
  6. Remark 2.4.10 (b): quasiactive schedules are integer-valued, and S≠∅\mathcal S\neq\emptysetS=∅ iff an integer-valued optimal schedule exists.
  7. Proposition 2.10.2: Sn+1≤dˉ=∑i∈Vmax⁡(pi,max⁡⟨i,j⟩∈Eδij)S_{n+1}\le\bar d=\sum_{i\in V}\max(p_i,\max_{\langle i,j\rangle\in E}\delta_{ij})Sn+1​≤dˉ=∑i∈V​max(pi​,max⟨i,j⟩∈E​δij​) for every quasiactive SSS.

Significance

The characterization makes each schedule class checkable and enumerable. By (d), deciding quasiactivity is a longest-path computation in the schedule network. Deciding activeness is NP-hard (Neumann et al. 2000); the same holds for semiactive and pseudoactive schedules, which is why exact algorithms enumerate the quasiactive schedules. Remark 2.4.10 and Proposition 2.10.2 then give the two facts every such algorithm relies on: an optimal schedule lies among the (integer-valued) quasiactive schedules, and all of them fit into the horizon [0,dˉ][0,\bar d][0,dˉ]. Regular objective functions other than the project duration (§2.10) inherit the same candidate sets.

On the formal side, the mission produces a reusable model of PS∣temp∣Cmax⁡PS|temp|C_{\max}PS∣temp∣Cmax​ with real start times and general time lags: time-feasible and resource-feasible schedules, schedule-induced orders, order polyhedra and the four schedule classes. No part of this material is formalized on Prove2Me or, as far as is known, anywhere else. The results are all proved in the literature (Neumann et al. 2000; the book gives proofs or calls them obvious); the work here is to formalize them.

Difficulty

The obvious argument for (b) says "a trajectory stays in one component, so local shifts move within components". The converse needs that two schedules in the same connected component of S\mathcal SS are joined by a path inside S\mathcal SS. That is false for general sets and has to come from the structure of S\mathcal SS as a finite union of order polyhedra (the basic structural theorem of Bartusch, Möhring and Radermacher), which is not part of this mission's statements and must be proved on the way.

For (c), the difficulty is that an order-monotone shift may shrink the order O(S)O(S)O(S). The proof has to produce, from a feasible sub-order O⊆O(S)O\subseteq O(S)O⊆O(S) whose polyhedron has a smaller minimal point, a shift that is short enough to keep every overlap of SSS. This requires the resource feasibility of whole order polyhedra, i.e. that ST(O(S))⊆S\mathcal S_T(O(S))\subseteq\mathcal SST​(O(S))⊆S for feasible SSS. Resource feasibility is a condition on all times t≥0t\ge0t≥0, while the orders only record pairwise relations between activities.

Formalization scope

Activities are Fin (n + 2), with 0 and Fin.last (n + 1) the fictitious ones. Durations are natural numbers, arc weights integers, and start times real. Resource requirements and capacities are natural numbers. The resource constraints hold for every t≥0t\ge0t≥0; (2.1.4) writes 0≤t≤dˉ0\le t\le\bar d0≤t≤dˉ, but the book's proofs use the unrestricted form. Minimal points are Mathlib's Minimal for the componentwise order on Fin (n + 2) → ℝ. Components in (b) are connected components (connectedComponentIn), while local shifts are defined by continuous trajectories from the unit interval, as in Definition 2.4.3. The theorem is stated for feasible SSS, since the schedule classes consist of feasible schedules by definition. The lower bound lblblb is a vector of real infima and is used only for nonempty order polyhedra.

Defining "active" as "minimal point of S\mathcal SS", or any class through its right-hand side, would make the goal trivial. That is ruled out: every class is defined through the shifts of Definitions 2.4.1–2.4.6, including the trajectory condition and the orders O(S)O(S)O(S).

Remark 2.4.8 (the minimal point of ST(O)\mathcal S_T(O)ST​(O) is the vector of longest path lengths in N(O)N(O)N(O)) is not stated, since it needs path lengths and the reachability conventions of Remarks 1.1.2. Contributions of that network layer, and of the structural theorem S=⋃OST(O)\mathcal S=\bigcup_O\mathcal S_T(O)S=⋃O​ST​(O) (Theorem 2.3.7), are welcome as supporting lemmas.

Selected references

  • K. Neumann, C. Schwindt, J. Zimmermann, Project Scheduling with Time Windows and Scarce Resources, 2nd ed., Springer, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-24800-2
  • K. Neumann, H. Nübel, C. Schwindt, Active and stable project scheduling, Mathematical Methods of Operations Research 52 (2000), 441–465. https://doi.org/10.1007/s001860000092
  • M. Bartusch, R. H. Möhring, F. J. Radermacher, Scheduling project networks with resource constraints and time windows, Annals of Operations Research 16 (1988), 201–240. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02283745
  • A. Sprecher, R. Kolisch, A. Drexl, Semi-active, active, and non-delay schedules for the resource-constrained project scheduling problem, European Journal of Operational Research 80 (1995), 94–102. https://doi.org/10.1016/0377-2217(93)E0294-8
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamical SystemsProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamics of Stochastic Approximation Algorithms 7: Weak Limit Points of the Occupation Measures of a Weak Asymptotic Pseudotrajectory Are InvariantResearch Paper

Motivation

Stochastic approximation algorithms are recursions xn+1−xn=γn+1(F(xn)+Un+1)x_{n+1}-x_n=\gamma_{n+1}(F(x_n)+U_{n+1})xn+1​−xn​=γn+1​(F(xn​)+Un+1​) driven by small steps γn\gamma_nγn​ and noise Un+1U_{n+1}Un+1​; they include the Robbins–Monro scheme, stochastic gradient methods and learning dynamics in games. The ODE method studies their long-run behaviour by comparing a time-interpolation of the iterates with the trajectories of a deterministic dynamical system. In Benaïm's lecture notes (Benaïm 1999) this comparison is formalized by the notion of an asymptotic pseudotrajectory, introduced in Benaïm and Hirsch (1996): a path that, over every window of fixed length, shadows the deterministic orbit started at its current position with an error that vanishes as time goes to infinity.

The pathwise results of the earlier sections of the notes concern algorithms whose step sizes decrease fast enough, typically γn=o(1/log⁡n)\gamma_n=o(1/\log n)γn​=o(1/logn) or γn=O(n−α)\gamma_n=O(n^{-\alpha})γn​=O(n−α). When the step sizes go to zero more slowly, the limit sets of the process can no longer be characterized precisely: with steps of order 1/log⁡n1/\log n1/logn the process may fail to converge even when the chain recurrent set of the ODE consists of isolated equilibria. Section 10, which is mainly based on work of Benaïm and Schreiber, describes instead the statistical behaviour of such processes in terms of the deterministic dynamics. It introduces a weaker, conditional notion, the weak asymptotic pseudotrajectory, and proves in Theorem 10.1 that the empirical distribution of the time spent by the process in different regions of the state space accumulates only on invariant measures of the deterministic dynamics. This is an ergodic-theoretic counterpart of the limit-set theorems of Section 5.

Setting

A semiflow on a metric space (M,d)(M,d)(M,d) is a continuous map Φ:R+×M→M\Phi:\mathbb R_+\times M\to MΦ:R+​×M→M, (t,x)↦Φt(x)(t,x)\mapsto\Phi_t(x)(t,x)↦Φt​(x), with Φ0=Id\Phi_0=\mathrm{Id}Φ0​=Id and Φt+s=Φt∘Φs\Phi_{t+s}=\Phi_t\circ\Phi_sΦt+s​=Φt​∘Φs​ for t,s≥0t,s\ge0t,s≥0. Throughout, MMM is a separable metric space with its Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebra.

Let (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P) be a probability space and {Ft}t≥0\{\mathcal F_t\}_{t\ge0}{Ft​}t≥0​ a nondecreasing family of sub-σ\sigmaσ-algebras. A process X:R+×Ω→MX:\mathbb R_+\times\Omega\to MX:R+​×Ω→M is a weak asymptotic pseudotrajectory of Φ\PhiΦ if

  1. it is progressively measurable: for every T>0T>0T>0 the restriction of XXX to [0,T]×Ω[0,T]\times\Omega[0,T]×Ω is measurable for the product of the Borel σ\sigmaσ-field of [0,T][0,T][0,T] and FT\mathcal F_TFT​;
  2. for each α>0\alpha>0α>0 and T>0T>0T>0, almost surely
lim⁡t→∞P{sup⁡0≤h≤Td(X(t+h),Φh(X(t)))≥α ∣ Ft}=0.\lim_{t\to\infty}P\Big\{\sup_{0\le h\le T}d\big(X(t+h),\Phi_h(X(t))\big)\ge\alpha\ \Big|\ \mathcal F_t\Big\}=0 .t→∞lim​P{0≤h≤Tsup​d(X(t+h),Φh​(X(t)))≥α ​ Ft​}=0.

Let P(M)\mathcal P(M)P(M) be the space of Borel probability measures on MMM with the topology of weak convergence. A measure μ∈P(M)\mu\in\mathcal P(M)μ∈P(M) is Φ\PhiΦ-invariant if (Φt)∗μ=μ(\Phi_t)_*\mu=\mu(Φt​)∗​μ=μ for every t≥0t\ge0t≥0; the set of invariant measures is M(Φ)\mathcal M(\Phi)M(Φ). The occupation measure of the process at time t>0t>0t>0 is the random probability measure

μt(ω)=1t∫0tδX(s,ω) ds,\mu_t(\omega)=\frac1t\int_0^t\delta_{X(s,\omega)}\,ds ,μt​(ω)=t1​∫0t​δX(s,ω)​ds,

and M(X,ω)⊂P(M)\mathcal M(X,\omega)\subset\mathcal P(M)M(X,ω)⊂P(M) is the set of its weak limit points as t→∞t\to\inftyt→∞.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 10.1

If XXX is a weak asymptotic pseudotrajectory of Φ\PhiΦ, there is a set Ω~⊂Ω\tilde\Omega\subset\OmegaΩ~⊂Ω with P(Ω~)=1P(\tilde\Omega)=1P(Ω~)=1 such that for all ω∈Ω~\omega\in\tilde\Omegaω∈Ω~

M(X,ω)⊂M(Φ).\mathcal M(X,\omega)\subset\mathcal M(\Phi).M(X,ω)⊂M(Φ).

No tightness is assumed, so M(X,ω)\mathcal M(X,\omega)M(X,ω) may be empty; the statement asserts the inclusion, not nonemptiness.

Milestones

Fix a uniformly continuous f:M→[0,1]f:M\to[0,1]f:M→[0,1] and T>0T>0T>0, and set Un(f,T)=∫(n−1)TnTf(X(s)) dsU_n(f,T)=\int_{(n-1)T}^{nT}f(X(s))\,dsUn​(f,T)=∫(n−1)TnT​f(X(s))ds for n≥1n\ge1n≥1. The milestones are the numbered displays of the proof on pp. 62–63:

  • Eq. (47): 1n∑i=1n[Ui(f,T)−E(Ui(f,T)∣F(i−1)T)]→0\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n[U_i(f,T)-E(U_i(f,T)\mid\mathcal F_{(i-1)T})]\to0n1​∑i=1n​[Ui​(f,T)−E(Ui​(f,T)∣F(i−1)T​)]→0 almost surely (stated for every continuous fff with values in [0,1][0,1][0,1], since the proof also applies it to f∘ΦTf\circ\Phi_Tf∘ΦT​);
  • Eq. (50): the same with Ui+1(f,T)U_{i+1}(f,T)Ui+1​(f,T) conditioned on F(i−1)T\mathcal F_{(i-1)T}F(i−1)T​;
  • Eq. (51): E(Ui+1(f,T)−Ui(f∘ΦT,T)∣F(i−1)T)→0E(U_{i+1}(f,T)-U_i(f\circ\Phi_T,T)\mid\mathcal F_{(i-1)T})\to0E(Ui+1​(f,T)−Ui​(f∘ΦT​,T)∣F(i−1)T​)→0 almost surely;
  • Eq. (52): 1n∑i=1nUi+1(f,T)−1n∑i=1nUi(f∘ΦT,T)→0\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^nU_{i+1}(f,T)-\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^nU_i(f\circ\Phi_T,T)\to0n1​∑i=1n​Ui+1​(f,T)−n1​∑i=1n​Ui​(f∘ΦT​,T)→0 almost surely;
  • Eq. (53): for a single measurable path whose occupation measures converge weakly to μ\muμ along tj→∞t_j\to\inftytj​→∞, the averages 1njT∑i=0nj−1∫iT(i+1)Tf(xs) ds\frac1{n_jT}\sum_{i=0}^{n_j-1}\int_{iT}^{(i+1)T}f(x_s)\,dsnj​T1​∑i=0nj​−1​∫iT(i+1)T​f(xs​)ds with nj=⌊tj/T⌋n_j=\lfloor t_j/T\rfloornj​=⌊tj​/T⌋ converge to ∫f dμ\int f\,d\mu∫fdμ for every bounded continuous fff.

Significance

The result. Theorem 10.1 locates the long-run statistics of a stochastic process that only shadows a deterministic semiflow in conditional probability. When the occupation measures are tight, for example when the path has compact closure, M(X,ω)\mathcal M(X,\omega)M(X,ω) is nonempty, and the theorem restricts where the process spends its time to the supports of invariant measures. Right after the theorem the notes define the minimal center of attraction of the process from the supports of the measures in M(X,ω)\mathcal M(X,\omega)M(X,ω); the conclusion applies to processes, such as slowly decreasing step-size algorithms, for which the pathwise limit-set theorem of Section 5 is not available.

Formalizing it. The theorem has a complete published proof. No machine-checked version of it, of weak asymptotic pseudotrajectories, or of occupation-measure limit theorems for continuous-time processes is known to exist. The mission produces a formal definition of progressively measurable weak asymptotic pseudotrajectories, occupation measures of measurable paths and their weak limit points, and a proof that combines a martingale law of large numbers in discrete time with weak convergence in P(M)\mathcal P(M)P(M).

Difficulty

The obvious route is to apply the pathwise argument for asymptotic pseudotrajectories along each path. It fails, because condition 2 controls only conditional probabilities: the deviation events may occur infinitely often along almost every path while their conditional probabilities tend to zero. The proof therefore has to work with averages and conditional expectations instead of with individual paths: a strong law of large numbers for bounded martingale differences transfers conditional statements to time averages, and this must be done for one test function and one horizon at a time. Passing from countably many test functions to invariance requires a countable family of uniformly continuous functions that determines weak convergence on the separable space MMM, and the a.s. sets must be intersected over that family and over rational horizons. Measurability is a second difficulty: paths are not assumed continuous, so the integrals, suprema and conditional expectations involved must be shown to be well defined from progressive measurability alone.

Formalization scope

Time is R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge0}R≥0​; the semiflow is Mathlib's Flow ℝ≥0 M; the filtration is a Filtration ℝ≥0; P(M)\mathcal P(M)P(M) is ProbabilityMeasure M with its topology of weak convergence. MMM is a separable metric space with its Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebra; it is not assumed compact, complete or Polish. Progressive measurability is stated literally for every T>0T>0T>0. The conditional probability in condition 2 is the conditional expectation of the indicator of the deviation event, which is required to be measurable (the paper's P{⋅∣Ft}P\{\cdot\mid\mathcal F_t\}P{⋅∣Ft​} presupposes an event); the supremum over h∈[0,T]h\in[0,T]h∈[0,T] is taken in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. Invariance for the semiflow is (Φt)∗μ=μ(\Phi_t)_*\mu=\mu(Φt​)∗​μ=μ for all t≥0t\ge0t≥0, the form the proof establishes; for a flow it agrees with the definition μ(A)=μ(Φt(A))\mu(A)=\mu(\Phi_t(A))μ(A)=μ(Φt​(A)) of Section 8.3. Weak limit points are cluster points of t↦μt(ω)t\mapsto\mu_t(\omega)t↦μt​(ω) as t→∞t\to\inftyt→∞; the occupation measure is a genuine probability measure for every measurable path and t>0t>0t>0.

The following formalizations would trivialize the statement and are excluded by the definitions: an "occupation measure" equal to the zero measure for a non-measurable path; a conditional probability of a non-measurable event, which Lean evaluates to 000 and which would make condition 2 vacuous; invariance defined through images Φt(A)\Phi_t(A)Φt​(A), which need not be Borel for a semiflow; and a compactness or Polish assumption on MMM, which the theorem does not make.

A complete development needs: Fubini-type measurability for progressively measurable processes, square-integrable martingale convergence and Kronecker's lemma (both largely in Mathlib), conditional expectations of time integrals, a convergence-determining countable family of uniformly continuous functions on a separable metric space, and the identification of weak convergence with convergence of integrals of bounded continuous functions. The martingale law of large numbers (Eqs. (47), (50)) and Eq. (53) are reusable outside this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative arguments for the goal, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Benaïm, Dynamics of Stochastic Approximation Algorithms, Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, Lecture Notes in Mathematics 1709, Springer, 1999, pp. 1–68. Section 10, Theorem 10.1, pp. 60–63. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0096509
  • M. Benaïm and M. W. Hirsch, Asymptotic pseudotrajectories and chain recurrent flows, with applications, Journal of Dynamics and Differential Equations 8 (1996), 141–176. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02218617
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamical SystemsStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamics of Stochastic Approximation Algorithms 1: Limit Sets of Precompact Asymptotic Pseudotrajectories Are Internally Chain TransitiveResearch Paper

Motivation

A stochastic approximation algorithm updates an estimate by small noisy steps, xn+1−xn=γn+1(F(xn)+Un+1)x_{n+1}-x_n=\gamma_{n+1}(F(x_n)+U_{n+1})xn+1​−xn​=γn+1​(F(xn​)+Un+1​), with step sizes γn→0\gamma_n\to0γn​→0 and noise UnU_nUn​. Such recursions underlie stochastic gradient descent, adaptive control, reinforcement learning (Q-learning, temporal-difference methods) and learning in games (fictitious play, reinforcement models). The ODE method compares the long-run behaviour of the algorithm with that of the ordinary differential equation x˙=F(x)\dot x=F(x)x˙=F(x). Classical versions of this comparison (Ljung 1977, Kushner and Clark 1978) assume the ODE has a globally asymptotically stable equilibrium, or a Lyapunov function, and cannot describe algorithms whose ODE has periodic orbits, heteroclinic cycles or chaotic sets.

Benaïm and Hirsch (1996) replaced these special assumptions by a single dynamical statement: the interpolated algorithm is an asymptotic pseudotrajectory of the flow of FFF, and the limit set of every precompact asymptotic pseudotrajectory is internally chain transitive. This mission formalizes that limit set theorem as it is presented in Michel Benaïm's lecture notes Dynamics of Stochastic Approximation Algorithms (Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, 1999).

Timeline. Bowen (1975) and Conley (1978) introduced (δ,T)(\delta,T)(δ,T)-pseudo-orbits and chain recurrence, and Conley proved that the chain recurrent set of a flow on a compact space is internally chain recurrent. Benaïm (1996, SIAM J. Control Optim.) related limit sets of stochastic approximation processes to the chain recurrence of the ODE; Benaïm and Hirsch (1996) introduced asymptotic pseudotrajectories for semiflows on metric spaces and proved the limit set theorem in the form formalized here. The 1999 notes give a self-contained proof through the translation semiflow on a space of curves.

Setting

Let (M,d)(M,d)(M,d) be a metric space. A semiflow Φ\PhiΦ on MMM is a continuous map R+×M→M\mathbb R_+\times M\to MR+​×M→M, (t,x)↦Φt(x)(t,x)\mapsto\Phi_t(x)(t,x)↦Φt​(x), with Φ0=Id\Phi_0=\mathrm{Id}Φ0​=Id and Φt+s=Φt∘Φs\Phi_{t+s}=\Phi_t\circ\Phi_sΦt+s​=Φt​∘Φs​. A set AAA is invariant if Φt(A)=A\Phi_t(A)=AΦt​(A)=A for every t≥0t\ge0t≥0; then Φ∣A\Phi|AΦ∣A denotes the restricted semiflow on AAA.

A continuous curve X:R+→MX:\mathbb R_+\to MX:R+​→M is an asymptotic pseudotrajectory of Φ\PhiΦ if

lim⁡t→∞sup⁡0≤h≤Td(X(t+h),Φh(X(t)))=0for every T>0,\lim_{t\to\infty}\sup_{0\le h\le T}d\big(X(t+h),\Phi_h(X(t))\big)=0\quad\text{for every }T>0,t→∞lim​0≤h≤Tsup​d(X(t+h),Φh​(X(t)))=0for every T>0,

and it is precompact if X(R+)X(\mathbb R_+)X(R+​) has compact closure. Its limit set is L(X)=⋂t≥0X([t,∞))‾L(X)=\bigcap_{t\ge0}\overline{X([t,\infty))}L(X)=⋂t≥0​X([t,∞))​.

For δ>0\delta>0δ>0, T>0T>0T>0, a (δ,T)(\delta,T)(δ,T)-pseudo-orbit from aaa to bbb consists of k≥1k\ge1k≥1 partial trajectories, given by points y0,…,yk−1y_0,\dots,y_{k-1}y0​,…,yk−1​ (and an endpoint yky_kyk​) and times t0,…,tk−1≥Tt_0,\dots,t_{k-1}\ge Tt0​,…,tk−1​≥T with d(y0,a)<δd(y_0,a)<\deltad(y0​,a)<δ, d(Φtj(yj),yj+1)<δd(\Phi_{t_j}(y_j),y_{j+1})<\deltad(Φtj​​(yj​),yj+1​)<δ for j<kj<kj<k, and yk=by_k=byk​=b. One writes a↪ba\hookrightarrow ba↪b if such pseudo-orbits exist for all δ,T>0\delta,T>0δ,T>0. A nonempty compact invariant set Λ\LambdaΛ is internally chain transitive if a↪ba\hookrightarrow ba↪b for the restricted semiflow Φ∣Λ\Phi|\LambdaΦ∣Λ for all a,b∈Λa,b\in\Lambdaa,b∈Λ, so that all yiy_iyi​ lie in Λ\LambdaΛ; it is internally chain recurrent if a↪aa\hookrightarrow aa↪a for Φ∣Λ\Phi|\LambdaΦ∣Λ for every a∈Λa\in\Lambdaa∈Λ. An attractor is a nonempty compact invariant set AAA with a neighbourhood WWW such that dist⁡(Φtx,A)→0\operatorname{dist}(\Phi_tx,A)\to0dist(Φt​x,A)→0 uniformly in x∈Wx\in Wx∈W.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.7 (i)

For every semiflow Φ\PhiΦ on a metric space MMM and every precompact asymptotic pseudotrajectory XXX of Φ\PhiΦ,

L(X) is internally chain transitive.L(X)\ \text{is internally chain transitive.}L(X) is internally chain transitive.

Milestones (in the order of the proof)

  • Lemma 3.1. XXX is an asymptotic pseudotrajectory iff d(Θt(X),Φ^∘Θt(X))→0d(\Theta^t(X),\hat\Phi\circ\Theta^t(X))\to0d(Θt(X),Φ^∘Θt(X))→0, where Θ\ThetaΘ is the translation semiflow on C0(R+,M)C^0(\mathbb R_+,M)C0(R+​,M) and Φ^(Y)=ΦY(0)\hat\Phi(Y)=\Phi^{Y(0)}Φ^(Y)=ΦY(0).
  • Theorem 3.2. For precompact continuous XXX: XXX is an asymptotic pseudotrajectory iff XXX is uniformly continuous and every limit point of Θt(X)\Theta^{t}(X)Θt(X), t→∞t\to\inftyt→∞, is a trajectory of Φ\PhiΦ; and then {Θt(X)}t≥0\{\Theta^t(X)\}_{t\ge0}{Θt(X)}t≥0​ is relatively compact.
  • Lemma 5.2. A nonempty open UUU with compact closure and ΦT(U‾)⊂U\Phi_T(\overline U)\subset UΦT​(U)⊂U for some T>0T>0T>0 contains an attractor whose basin contains U‾\overline UU.
  • Proposition 5.3. For nonempty Λ\LambdaΛ: internally chain transitive   ⟺  \iff⟺ connected and internally chain recurrent   ⟺  \iff⟺ compact, invariant and Φ∣Λ\Phi|\LambdaΦ∣Λ has no proper attractor.
  • Theorem 5.5. On a nonempty compact MMM, the chain recurrent set R(Φ)R(\Phi)R(Φ) is internally chain recurrent.
  • Corollary 5.6. If γ+(x)‾\overline{\gamma^+(x)}γ+(x)​ is compact, then ω(x)\omega(x)ω(x) is internally chain transitive.

Significance

The result. Theorem 5.7 (i) is the bridge between probability and dynamics in the ODE method. Once a stochastic approximation process is shown to be an asymptotic pseudotrajectory (missions 2 to 4 of this series do that under martingale-noise conditions), every statement about its limit points becomes a statement about internally chain transitive sets of the ODE: convergence to equilibria when a Lyapunov function exists (Proposition 6.4), convergence to attractors with positive probability (Theorem 7.3), and the analysis of learning dynamics in games. The theorem is sharp in the sense that every internally chain transitive set is a limit set of some asymptotic pseudotrajectory (Theorem 5.7 (ii), proved in Benaïm and Hirsch 1996 and not part of this mission).

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the literature; it is not formalized. Mathlib has semiflows (Flow), omega limit sets and the compact-open topology, but no pseudo-orbits, chain recurrence, Conley's theory of attractors, or asymptotic pseudotrajectories. This mission produces that layer for semiflows on general metric spaces, which is reusable for any later formalization of the ODE method, of Conley theory, or of learning in games.

Difficulty

The obvious approach follows XXX from a point a∈L(X)a\in L(X)a∈L(X) to a point b∈L(X)b\in L(X)b∈L(X): XXX returns near aaa and near bbb infinitely often, and on windows of length TTT it is close to a trajectory, so concatenating windows gives a pseudo-orbit. The pseudo-orbit obtained this way has its points on the curve XXX, not in L(X)L(X)L(X); this only shows that L(X)L(X)L(X) is chain transitive for Φ\PhiΦ on MMM, a strictly weaker property. Producing pseudo-orbits whose points lie in L(X)L(X)L(X) itself is the central difficulty, and it is where precompactness of XXX is used. Invariance Φt(L(X))=L(X)\Phi_t(L(X))=L(X)Φt​(L(X))=L(X), with equality, also needs a compactness argument, since a semiflow is not invertible.

Formalization scope

A semiflow is Mathlib's Flow ℝ≥0 M on a [MetricSpace M]; MMM is arbitrary, with no compactness, completeness or local compactness. Time is ℝ≥0. Curves are functions ℝ≥0 → M; continuity is part of being an asymptotic pseudotrajectory, and precompactness is IsCompact (closure (Set.range X)). Invariance is equality Φt(A)=A\Phi_t(A)=AΦt​(A)=A. Internally chain recurrent and internally chain transitive sets are nonempty by definition, and their pseudo-orbits are those of the restricted semiflow on the subtype Λ\LambdaΛ, so every point of the pseudo-orbit lies in Λ\LambdaΛ. Attractors converge uniformly on a neighbourhood. Lemma 3.1 and Theorem 3.2 are stated on C0(R+,M)C^0(\mathbb R_+,M)C0(R+​,M) (C(ℝ≥0, M), compact-open topology) with the half-line distance; the notes write C0(R,M)C^0(\mathbb R,M)C0(R,M), but with the convention Φp(t)=p\Phi^p(t)=pΦp(t)=p for t<0t<0t<0 that version fails for semiflows (a periodic trajectory is a counterexample), and the notes themselves describe asymptotic pseudotrajectories as points of C0(R+,M)C^0(\mathbb R_+,M)C0(R+​,M).

Ruled out: pseudo-orbits with no trajectory piece (k=0k=0k=0), pseudo-orbits allowed to leave L(X)L(X)L(X), invariance as mere inclusion Φt(A)⊂A\Phi_t(A)\subset AΦt​(A)⊂A, and any compactness assumption on MMM. Each of these makes the goal weaker than the theorem of the notes.

A complete development needs: elementary properties of pseudo-orbits (concatenation, continuity estimates), Arzelà–Ascoli on C(ℝ≥0, M), Conley's attractor construction, and the conjugacy between Φ\PhiΦ and the translation semiflow on SΦS_\PhiSΦ​. Proofs of the milestones, alternative direct proofs of the goal (Benaïm 1996), and reusable lemmas about chain recurrence for Flow are all welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Benaïm, Dynamics of stochastic approximation algorithms, Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, Lecture Notes in Math. 1709, Springer, 1999, pp. 1–68. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0096509
  • M. Benaïm and M. W. Hirsch, Asymptotic pseudotrajectories and chain recurrent flows, with applications, J. Dynam. Differential Equations 8 (1996), 141–176. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02218617
  • M. Benaïm, A dynamical system approach to stochastic approximations, SIAM J. Control Optim. 34 (1996), 437–472. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0363012993253534
  • C. Conley, Isolated Invariant Sets and the Morse Index, CBMS Regional Conference Series in Mathematics 38, AMS, 1978. https://doi.org/10.1090/cbms/038
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamical SystemsStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamics of Stochastic Approximation Algorithms 2: Under A1 and A2 the Interpolated Process Is an Asymptotic Pseudotrajectory of the Flow of FResearch Paper

Motivation

A stochastic approximation algorithm is a recursion

xn+1−xn=γn+1(F(xn)+Un+1)x_{n+1}-x_n=\gamma_{n+1}\big(F(x_n)+U_{n+1}\big)xn+1​−xn​=γn+1​(F(xn​)+Un+1​)

in Rd\mathbb R^dRd, driven by a vector field FFF, decreasing step sizes γn\gamma_nγn​ and perturbations UnU_nUn​. Robbins–Monro root finding, stochastic gradient descent, adaptive filters, learning dynamics in games (fictitious play, reinforcement learning) and urn models all have this form. The ODE method, introduced by Ljung (1977) and developed by Kushner and Clark (1978), Métivier and Priouret (1987) and Kushner and Yin (1997), studies such a recursion by comparing it with the differential equation x˙=F(x)\dot x=F(x)x˙=F(x).

Benaïm and Hirsch (1996) gave the comparison a dynamical form: the continuous-time interpolation of {xn}\{x_n\}{xn​} is an asymptotic pseudotrajectory of the flow of FFF. Proposition 4.1 of Benaïm's lecture notes (Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, 1999) states that deterministic comparison theorem under two assumptions: a noise condition (A1) and either bounded iterates (A2) or a Lipschitz, bounded vector field near the iterates (A2′). The notes then verify A1 almost surely for martingale noise (Propositions 4.2 and 4.4) and use the asymptotic pseudotrajectory property to describe limit sets, attractors and nonconvergence.

Setting

Let F:Rd→RdF:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^dF:Rd→Rd be continuous. It is globally integrable if through every point there is exactly one integral curve y:R→Rdy:\mathbb R\to\mathbb R^dy:R→Rd, y˙=F(y)\dot y=F(y)y˙​=F(y); the flow Φt(p)\Phi_t(p)Φt​(p) is the value at time ttt of the integral curve through ppp.

The step sizes satisfy γn≥0\gamma_n\ge0γn​≥0, ∑nγn=∞\sum_n\gamma_n=\infty∑n​γn​=∞ and γn→0\gamma_n\to0γn​→0. Set τ0=0\tau_0=0τ0​=0, τn=∑i=1nγi\tau_n=\sum_{i=1}^n\gamma_iτn​=∑i=1n​γi​, and m(t)=sup⁡{k≥0:τk≤t}m(t)=\sup\{k\ge0:\tau_k\le t\}m(t)=sup{k≥0:τk​≤t}. The affine interpolated process X:R+→RdX:\mathbb R_+\to\mathbb R^dX:R+​→Rd and the piecewise constant processes X‾,U‾,γˉ\overline X,\overline U,\bar\gammaX,U,γˉ​ are, for 0≤s<γn+10\le s<\gamma_{n+1}0≤s<γn+1​,

X(τn+s)=xn+s xn+1−xnγn+1,X‾(τn+s)=xn,U‾(τn+s)=Un+1,γˉ(τn+s)=γn+1.X(\tau_n+s)=x_n+s\,\frac{x_{n+1}-x_n}{\gamma_{n+1}},\qquad \overline X(\tau_n+s)=x_n,\quad \overline U(\tau_n+s)=U_{n+1},\quad \bar\gamma(\tau_n+s)=\gamma_{n+1}.X(τn​+s)=xn​+sγn+1​xn+1​−xn​​,X(τn​+s)=xn​,U(τn​+s)=Un+1​,γˉ​(τn​+s)=γn+1​.

The noise enters through

Δ(t,T)=sup⁡0≤h≤T∥∫tt+hU‾(s) ds∥.\Delta(t,T)=\sup_{0\le h\le T}\Big\|\int_t^{t+h}\overline U(s)\,ds\Big\| .Δ(t,T)=0≤h≤Tsup​​∫tt+h​U(s)ds​.
  • A1: for every T>0T>0T>0, sup⁡{∥∑i=nk−1γi+1Ui+1∥:n<k≤m(τn+T)}→0\sup\{\|\sum_{i=n}^{k-1}\gamma_{i+1}U_{i+1}\|:n<k\le m(\tau_n+T)\}\to0sup{∥∑i=nk−1​γi+1​Ui+1​∥:n<k≤m(τn​+T)}→0 as n→∞n\to\inftyn→∞; equivalently Δ(t,T)→0\Delta(t,T)\to0Δ(t,T)→0 as t→∞t\to\inftyt→∞.
  • A2: sup⁡n∥xn∥<∞\sup_n\|x_n\|<\inftysupn​∥xn​∥<∞.
  • A2′: FFF is Lipschitz and bounded on a neighbourhood of {xn}\{x_n\}{xn​}.

A continuous X:R+→RdX:\mathbb R_+\to\mathbb R^dX:R+​→Rd is an asymptotic pseudotrajectory of Φ\PhiΦ if for every T>0T>0T>0

lim⁡t→∞sup⁡0≤h≤T∥X(t+h)−Φh(X(t))∥=0.\lim_{t\to\infty}\sup_{0\le h\le T}\big\|X(t+h)-\Phi_h(X(t))\big\|=0 .t→∞lim​0≤h≤Tsup​​X(t+h)−Φh​(X(t))​=0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4.1

F continuous, globally integrable,A1,A2 or A2′⟹X is an asymptotic pseudotrajectory of Φ.F\ \text{continuous, globally integrable},\quad \text{A1},\quad \text{A2 or A2}'\quad\Longrightarrow\quad X\ \text{is an asymptotic pseudotrajectory of}\ \Phi .F continuous, globally integrable,A1,A2 or A2′⟹X is an asymptotic pseudotrajectory of Φ.

No rate and no constant appear; the statement holds under either alternative.

Milestones

  1. Eq. (9): X(t)−X(0)=∫0t[F(X‾(s))+U‾(s)] dsX(t)-X(0)=\int_0^t[F(\overline X(s))+\overline U(s)]\,dsX(t)−X(0)=∫0t​[F(X(s))+U(s)]ds.
  2. A1: the discrete and the continuous forms of A1 are equivalent, for each T>0T>0T>0.
  3. Theorem 3.2: for a flow on a metric space and a continuous XXX with relatively compact image, XXX is an asymptotic pseudotrajectory iff XXX is uniformly continuous and every limit point of the translates Θt(X)\Theta^t(X)Θt(X) in C0(R,M)C^0(\mathbb R,M)C0(R,M) is a trajectory of the flow; both imply that {Θt(X)}\{\Theta^t(X)\}{Θt(X)} is relatively compact.
  4. Comparison of XXX and X‾\overline XX (p. 13): if ∥F(xn)∥≤K\|F(x_n)\|\le K∥F(xn​)∥≤K, then for ttt large, sup⁡t≤u≤t+T∥X(u)−X‾(u)∥≤2Δ(t−1,T+1)+sup⁡t≤u≤t+TKγˉ(u)\sup_{t\le u\le t+T}\|X(u)-\overline X(u)\|\le2\Delta(t-1,T+1)+\sup_{t\le u\le t+T}K\bar\gamma(u)supt≤u≤t+T​∥X(u)−X(u)∥≤2Δ(t−1,T+1)+supt≤u≤t+T​Kγˉ​(u).
  5. Estimate (11): under A1 and A2′, for ttt large,
sup⁡0≤h≤T∥X(t+h)−Φh(X(t))∥≤C(T)[Δ(t−1,T+1)+sup⁡t≤s≤t+Tγˉ(s)],\sup_{0\le h\le T}\|X(t+h)-\Phi_h(X(t))\|\le C(T)\Big[\Delta(t-1,T+1)+\sup_{t\le s\le t+T}\bar\gamma(s)\Big],0≤h≤Tsup​∥X(t+h)−Φh​(X(t))∥≤C(T)[Δ(t−1,T+1)+t≤s≤t+Tsup​γˉ​(s)],

with C(T)C(T)C(T) depending only on TTT and on FFF (through its Lipschitz constant and bound on the neighbourhood).

Significance

Proposition 4.1 separates the dynamics of a stochastic approximation algorithm from its noise. Any noise condition implying A1 almost surely (Propositions 4.2 and 4.4 of the notes for LqL^qLq-bounded and subgaussian martingale differences) combines with it to give: almost every sample path, after interpolation, is an asymptotic pseudotrajectory of x˙=F(x)\dot x=F(x)x˙=F(x). The limit set theorem (Theorem 5.7: limit sets are internally chain transitive), the Lyapunov-function criterion (Proposition 6.4) and the attractor results (Section 7) then apply path by path. Estimate (11) gives the quantitative version used for rates.

The result is proved in the notes, building on Benaïm and Hirsch (1996). No machine-checked proof of it, or of the asymptotic pseudotrajectory framework, is known to exist. A formal proof would supply a checked bridge between discrete recursions with step sizes and flows of vector fields, which every ODE-method convergence proof crosses.

Difficulty

The obvious argument compares XXX directly with the flow by Gronwall's inequality. It needs FFF Lipschitz along both the interpolated path and the flow line, which holds under A2′ but not under A2, where FFF is only continuous and solutions are unique without any Lipschitz bound. Under A2 the comparison must go through compactness instead: equicontinuity of the translates, identification of every limit point as an integral curve, and uniqueness of integral curves. The last step is where global integrability is used, and it cannot be replaced by a quantitative estimate.

Under A2′ the iterates may be unbounded, so no compactness is available, and the path and the flow line must be kept inside the region where FFF is controlled for the whole window [t,t+T][t,t+T][t,t+T].

Formalization scope

  • Space Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d); time is ℝ≥0 for the pseudotrajectory and ℝ inside integrals. Sequences are ℕ → · with the paper's indices; γ0\gamma_0γ0​ and U0U_0U0​ are unused.
  • m(t)m(t)m(t) is the largest kkk with τk≤t\tau_k\le tτk​≤t, so the divisor γm(t)+1\gamma_{m(t)+1}γm(t)+1​ is positive even when some steps vanish.
  • Limits are written with ε\varepsilonε; the suprema that remain (Δ\DeltaΔ, sup⁡γˉ\sup\bar\gammasupγˉ​) are over bounded nonempty sets, and U‾\overline UU is a step function with finitely many pieces on bounded intervals, so no integral or supremum takes a default value.
  • The flow of FFF is a function satisfying the integral-curve property, together with global integrability (existence and uniqueness of integral curves on R\mathbb RR); continuity of the flow is not assumed.
  • A2′ is read with a uniform neighbourhood: FFF is Lipschitz and bounded on {y:dist⁡(y,{xn})<r}\{y:\operatorname{dist}(y,\{x_n\})<r\}{y:dist(y,{xn​})<r} for some r>0r>0r>0. Under the reading "some open set containing {xn}\{x_n\}{xn​}" the proposition fails for unbounded iterates.
  • Theorem 3.2 is stated for flows on C0(R,M)C^0(\mathbb R,M)C0(R,M) (compact-open topology); for semiflows with the convention Φp(t)=p\Phi^p(t)=pΦp(t)=p for t<0t<0t<0, the implication (i)⇒(ii) is false as printed.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: the goal keeps both alternatives A2 and A2′ (neither a global Lipschitz condition nor bounded iterates is assumed in place of the disjunction), XXX is the explicit piecewise affine interpolation rather than any curve with the desired property, and the constant in (11) is fixed before the sequences, so it cannot depend on the run.

A complete development needs Gronwall's inequality (in Mathlib), Arzelà–Ascoli on C0(R,M)C^0(\mathbb R,M)C0(R,M), continuous dependence of solutions on initial data under uniqueness (Kamke's theorem, not in Mathlib), and interval integrals of step functions. The asymptotic pseudotrajectory definitions and Theorem 3.2 are reusable for the other missions on these notes. Proofs of individual milestones are welcome; Eq. (9) and the comparison of XXX and X‾\overline XX are the natural entry points.

Selected references

  • M. Benaïm, Dynamics of stochastic approximation algorithms, Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, Lecture Notes in Math. 1709, Springer, 1999, pp. 1–68. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0096509
  • M. Benaïm and M. W. Hirsch, Asymptotic pseudotrajectories and chain recurrent flows, with applications, J. Dynam. Differential Equations 8 (1996), 141–176. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02218617
  • M. Métivier and P. Priouret, Théorèmes de convergence presque sûre pour une classe d'algorithmes stochastiques à pas décroissant, Probab. Theory Related Fields 74 (1987), 403–428. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00699098
  • H. J. Kushner and G. G. Yin, Stochastic Approximation Algorithms and Applications, Springer, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4899-2696-8
  • L. Ljung, Analysis of recursive stochastic algorithms, IEEE Trans. Automat. Control 22 (1977), 551–575. https://doi.org/10.1109/TAC.1977.1101561
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
OptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Air Travel Demand and Airline Seat Inventory Management III: Gaussian EMSR Protection Levels and Their SensitivityTextbook

Why protection levels and their inputs matter

An airline sells the seats of one flight leg in several fare classes at different prices. Low-fare passengers usually book first, so the airline must decide how many seats to keep back, or protect, for later high-fare passengers. Peter Belobaba's 1987 MIT dissertation introduced the expected marginal seat revenue (EMSR) rule for this decision, and EMSR-type rules became a standard of airline revenue management practice (Talluri and van Ryzin 2004). A protection level is computed from a demand forecast, and forecasts are uncertain. Section 6.2 of the dissertation asks how the protection level moves when its inputs move: the mean of forecast demand, its standard deviation, and the ratio of the two fares. That question decides where forecasting effort pays off, and this mission formalizes the answers the dissertation gives for Gaussian demand.

This is the third mission in a series on the dissertation. The first treats marginal allocation among distinct fare classes, and the second the two-class nested protection level in the discrete model, including its revenue optimality. This mission takes the continuous Gaussian model of Chapter 6 on its own terms.

Setting

Let rrr be the number of requests for a fare class, a real random variable with law μ\muμ. For a seat level S∈RS \in \mathbb RS∈R the tail probability is

Pˉ(S)=P[r≥S],\bar P(S) = P[r \ge S],Pˉ(S)=P[r≥S],

and for the fare fff of the class the expected marginal seat revenue is EMSR(S)=Pˉ(S)⋅f\mathrm{EMSR}(S) = \bar P(S)\cdot fEMSR(S)=Pˉ(S)⋅f (Eqs. (6.1)–(6.2)).

There are two classes: class 1 with fare f1f_1f1​ and class 2 with fare f2f_2f2​, where 0<f2<f10 < f_2 < f_10<f2​<f1​. Requests for class 1 are Gaussian with estimated mean rˉ\bar rrˉ and estimated standard deviation σ^>0\hat\sigma > 0σ^>0, written r1∼N(rˉ,σ^2)r_1 \sim N(\bar r, \hat\sigma^2)r1​∼N(rˉ,σ^2). A real number SSS is an EMSR protection level for class 1 against class 2 when

Pˉ1(S)=P[r1≥S]=f2f1(Eq. (6.10)).\bar P_1(S) = P[r_1 \ge S] = \frac{f_2}{f_1} \qquad \text{(Eq. (6.10))}.Pˉ1​(S)=P[r1​≥S]=f1​f2​​(Eq. (6.10)).

The standardized level ZZZ is the value "which has a probability of f2/f1f_2/f_1f2​/f1​ of being exceeded" by a standard normal variable:

P[N(0,1)≥Z]=f2f1.P[N(0,1) \ge Z] = \frac{f_2}{f_1}.P[N(0,1)≥Z]=f1​f2​​.

In the Lean development these are tailProb, emsr, gaussianLaw rbar σ, stdNormal, IsProtectionLevel rbar σ f₁ f₂ S and IsStdNormalLevel f₁ f₂ Z, all in the namespace SeatInventory.Gaussian.

Formalization targets

Goal: the Gaussian protection level and its sensitivity to σ^\hat\sigmaσ^

For σ^>0\hat\sigma > 0σ^>0 and 0<f2<f10 < f_2 < f_10<f2​<f1​:

  1. Eq. (6.10) has exactly one solution SSS, and the standard normal equation has exactly one solution ZZZ;
  2. they satisfy
S=rˉ+Zσ^(Eq. (6.12));S = \bar r + Z\hat\sigma \qquad \text{(Eq. (6.12))};S=rˉ+Zσ^(Eq. (6.12));
  1. Z<0Z < 0Z<0 if f2/f1>1/2f_2/f_1 > 1/2f2​/f1​>1/2, Z>0Z > 0Z>0 if f2/f1<1/2f_2/f_1 < 1/2f2​/f1​<1/2, Z=0Z = 0Z=0 if f2/f1=1/2f_2/f_1 = 1/2f2​/f1​=1/2 (Eq. (6.14)), and S=rˉS = \bar rS=rˉ in the last case;
  2. if σ^′>σ^\hat\sigma' > \hat\sigmaσ^′>σ^ and S′S'S′ solves (6.10) for N(rˉ,σ^′2)N(\bar r, \hat\sigma'^2)N(rˉ,σ^′2), then S′<SS' < SS′<S, S′>SS' > SS′>S or S′=SS' = SS′=S according as f2/f1f_2/f_1f2​/f1​ is above, below or equal to 1/21/21/2.

The goal states no numerical constant and no particular fare ratio; it fixes only the shape of the dependence.

Milestones, in attack order

  • Eq. (6.1)–(6.2): for any request law, Pˉ\bar PPˉ and EMSR\mathrm{EMSR}EMSR are non-increasing in SSS.
  • Eq. (6.10): the Gaussian protection level exists and is unique.
  • Eq. (6.11)–(6.12): S=rˉ+Zσ^S = \bar r + Z\hat\sigmaS=rˉ+Zσ^.
  • p. 154: with σ^\hat\sigmaσ^ and the fares fixed, replacing rˉ\bar rrˉ by rˉ+c\bar r + crˉ+c replaces SSS by S+cS + cS+c.
  • Eq. (6.14): the sign of ZZZ, and S=rˉS = \bar rS=rˉ at fare ratio 1/21/21/2 for every σ^\hat\sigmaσ^.
  • p. 154: the effect of σ^\hat\sigmaσ^ on SSS (part 4 of the goal on its own).
  • p. 157: ZZZ and SSS decrease strictly as the fare ratio f2/f1f_2/f_1f2​/f1​ increases.

The dissertation's constant-coefficient-of-variation form, Eq. (6.13), S=rˉ(1+Zk)S = \bar r(1 + Zk)S=rˉ(1+Zk) with k=σ^/rˉk = \hat\sigma/\bar rk=σ^/rˉ, follows from (6.12) by substitution and is not stated separately.

Significance

The result gives every Gaussian protection level as a closed form in one standard normal quantile. From it come the three sensitivities that Sect. 6.2 uses to argue for better forecasts. The protection level moves one-for-one with mean demand. The standard deviation moves it in a direction fixed only by whether the discount fare is above or below half the full fare. A higher fare ratio always lowers it. The dissertation uses these facts, and its Figures 6.1 and 6.2, to argue that reducing the estimated standard deviation of demand narrows the range of protection levels a forecast can produce. The same quantile structure is behind Littlewood's rule and the newsvendor critical fractile, so the statements here are the Gaussian specialization of a pattern that recurs throughout revenue management and inventory theory.

All the statements are classical and easy to believe. None of them, to our knowledge, has a machine-checked proof. Mathlib provides the Gaussian law and its affine images, but no standard normal quantile and no statement that a Gaussian tail is a strictly decreasing bijection onto (0,1)(0,1)(0,1). Formalizing this mission produces both, in a form that can be used again wherever a normal critical fractile appears.

Difficulty

Most of the work is in the existence and uniqueness of the two tail solutions. The tail S↦P[r1≥S]S \mapsto P[r_1 \ge S]S↦P[r1​≥S] must be shown continuous, strictly decreasing, and to take every value in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1). Strictness needs the Gaussian density to be positive everywhere, and existence needs a limit argument at both ends. Monotonicity alone, which holds for every law (Eqs. (6.1)–(6.2)), gives neither, because a general law can have flat stretches and jumps in its tail. The relation S=rˉ+Zσ^S = \bar r + Z\hat\sigmaS=rˉ+Zσ^ then requires transporting the tail of N(rˉ,σ^2)N(\bar r,\hat\sigma^2)N(rˉ,σ^2) to that of N(0,1)N(0,1)N(0,1) through the affine map x↦(x−rˉ)/σ^x \mapsto (x - \bar r)/\hat\sigmax↦(x−rˉ)/σ^, and the sign of ZZZ requires the symmetry of N(0,1)N(0,1)N(0,1), namely P[N(0,1)≥0]=1/2P[N(0,1) \ge 0] = 1/2P[N(0,1)≥0]=1/2. Once uniqueness is available, each sensitivity statement follows from these facts. The tempting shortcut of reading S=rˉ+Zσ^S = \bar r + Z\hat\sigmaS=rˉ+Zσ^ as a definition is ruled out below.

Formalization scope

  • Continuous seats. Protection levels and ZZZ are real numbers, as in the dissertation's own Gaussian example (Z=−0.675Z = -0.675Z=−0.675 at fare ratio 0.750.750.75). This differs from the first two missions of the series, which count seats in N\mathbb NN. For a continuous law P[r≥S]=P[r>S]P[r \ge S] = P[r > S]P[r≥S]=P[r>S], so the two definitions of Pˉ\bar PPˉ the dissertation uses (Eq. (5.2) and Eq. (6.2)) coincide here.
  • Gaussian law. N(rˉ,σ^2)N(\bar r, \hat\sigma^2)N(rˉ,σ^2) is Mathlib's gaussianReal rbar (σ^2), parameterised by the variance. Every theorem assumes σ^>0\hat\sigma > 0σ^>0; at σ^=0\hat\sigma = 0σ^=0 the law is a Dirac mass and (6.10) has no solution.
  • Fares. 0<f2<f10 < f_2 < f_10<f2​<f1​, so f2/f1∈(0,1)f_2/f_1 \in (0,1)f2​/f1​∈(0,1). This is the dissertation's "f2<f1f_2 < f_1f2​<f1​" together with positive fares.
  • Relational sensitivity. The sensitivity statements compare any two solutions of (6.10) under the two input values. Together with uniqueness, this is the same as monotonicity of the solution map. No function is defined by a choice operator.
  • Tail as a real number. Pˉ(S)\bar P(S)Pˉ(S) is the measure of [S,∞)[S,\infty)[S,∞) as a real number. The law is a probability measure, so nothing is truncated.
  • No trivialization. SSS is defined only by the tail equation (6.10) for N(rˉ,σ^2)N(\bar r, \hat\sigma^2)N(rˉ,σ^2), and ZZZ only by the tail equation for N(0,1)N(0,1)N(0,1). Neither is defined by the formula S=rˉ+Zσ^S = \bar r + Z\hat\sigmaS=rˉ+Zσ^, which would make Eq. (6.12) true by definition.
  • Not covered. The revenue optimality of the level defined by (6.10) belongs to the second mission. The multi-class EMSR rules (5.19)–(5.29) are not optimal for three or more classes and are not stated. The empirical analysis of Sect. 6.1 is out of scope.

Useful infrastructure, all reusable: the strict monotonicity, continuity and range of Gaussian tails; the standard normal quantile; and tail transport under affine maps. Contributions of these as separate lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • P. P. Belobaba, Air Travel Demand and Airline Seat Inventory Management, PhD thesis, MIT Flight Transportation Laboratory Report R87-7, 1987. (no DOI; the source PDF of this mission).
  • P. P. Belobaba, Application of a probabilistic decision model to airline seat inventory control, Operations Research 37(2):183–197, 1989. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.37.2.183
  • K. Littlewood, Forecasting and control of passenger bookings, AGIFORS Symposium Proceedings 12, 1972; reprinted in Journal of Revenue and Pricing Management 4:111–123, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1057/palgrave.rpm.5170134
  • K. T. Talluri and G. J. van Ryzin, The Theory and Practice of Revenue Management, Springer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/b139000
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
ProbabilityTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Secretary Problems: Weights and Discounts 4: A Threshold Rule Earns Z/4 for Any Z ≤ E[OPT] in the Discounted Secretary ProblemResearch Paper

Motivation

In the classical secretary problem a decision maker sees nnn candidates in a uniformly random order and must accept or reject each one on arrival, irrevocably, aiming to accept a valuable one. Its online, random-order structure models hiring, selling an item to sequentially arriving buyers, and posting prices in online markets. Babaioff, Dinitz, Gupta, Immorlica and Talwar (SODA 2009) study the discounted secretary problem, where the reward of a selection depends on when it is made: a candidate accepted late is worth less (or more) by a time-dependent factor, as with a seller whose revenue decays with time, or a firm that loses value the longer a position stays empty.

Timeline of the setting:

  • Dynkin (1963) introduced the classical problem; the rule "observe a 1/e1/e1/e fraction, then accept the first record" selects the best candidate with probability tending to 1/e1/e1/e.
  • Rasmussen and Pliska (1975/76) and Mahdian, McAfee and Pennock (2008, personal communication cited by the paper) studied secretary problems with specific "well-behaved" discount functions such as d(t)=βtd(t)=\beta^td(t)=βt.
  • Babaioff et al. (2009) treat an arbitrary discount function ddd. Without prior knowledge, no algorithm is better than Ω(log⁡n/log⁡log⁡n)\Omega(\log n/\log\log n)Ω(logn/loglogn)-competitive (their Theorem 4.3), and O(log⁡n)O(\log n)O(logn) is achievable (Theorem 4.4). If the algorithm knows a good estimate ZZZ of the expected offline optimum, a single threshold rule recovers a constant fraction (Theorem 4.7, headlined as Theorem 1.2). This mission formalizes that last result.

Setting

There are n≥1n\ge1n≥1 elements, indexed by Fin n\mathrm{Fin}\,nFinn. Element eee has a value v(e)≥0v(e)\ge0v(e)≥0, and each time t∈{1,…,n}t\in\{1,\dots,n\}t∈{1,…,n} has a discount d(t)≥0d(t)\ge0d(t)≥0. The elements arrive in a uniformly random order π\piπ, a bijection from times to elements: element π(t)\pi(t)π(t) arrives at time ttt. Selecting the element that arrives at time iii earns d(i) v(π(i))d(i)\,v(\pi(i))d(i)v(π(i)), and an algorithm selects at most one element.

The offline optimum on the order π\piπ is OPT(π)=max⁡i=1nd(i) v(π(i))\mathrm{OPT}(\pi)=\max_{i=1}^n d(i)\,v(\pi(i))OPT(π)=maxi=1n​d(i)v(π(i)). It is a random variable, and the benchmark is its expectation

E[OPT]=∑π∈Sn1n!max⁡i=1n{d(i) v(π(i))}.\mathbf E[\mathrm{OPT}]=\sum_{\pi\in S_n}\frac1{n!}\max_{i=1}^n\{d(i)\,v(\pi(i))\}.E[OPT]=π∈Sn​∑​n!1​i=1maxn​{d(i)v(π(i))}.

For a real parameter ZZZ, algorithm A\mathcal AA selects the first time jjj at which d(j) v(π(j))≥Z/2d(j)\,v(\pi(j))\ge Z/2d(j)v(π(j))≥Z/2 and earns that product; if no time qualifies, it selects nothing and earns 000. It knows ZZZ and ddd, sees the values one at a time, and never sees the future of π\piπ. Its expected value is E[A]=∑π∈Sn1n! A(π)\mathbf E[\mathcal A]=\sum_{\pi\in S_n}\frac1{n!}\,\mathcal A(\pi)E[A]=∑π∈Sn​​n!1​A(π).

The proof uses three derived objects:

  • the accepting permutations Sacc={π:max⁡id(i)v(π(i))≥Z/2}S_{acc}=\{\pi:\max_i d(i)v(\pi(i))\ge Z/2\}Sacc​={π:maxi​d(i)v(π(i))≥Z/2}, on which A\mathcal AA selects something;
  • their contribution L=∑π∈Sacc1n!max⁡id(i)v(π(i))L=\sum_{\pi\in S_{acc}}\frac1{n!}\max_i d(i)v(\pi(i))L=∑π∈Sacc​​n!1​maxi​d(i)v(π(i)) to E[OPT]\mathbf E[\mathrm{OPT}]E[OPT];
  • for a time iii and an element jjj, the set GijG_{ij}Gij​ of orders on which A\mathcal AA selects jjj at time iii. These are the orders with π(i)=j\pi(i)=jπ(i)=j and d(k)v(π(k))<Z/2d(k)v(\pi(k))<Z/2d(k)v(π(k))<Z/2 for every k<ik<ik<i.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.7

For every n≥1n\ge1n≥1, all discounts d≥0d\ge0d≥0, all values v≥0v\ge0v≥0 and every real ZZZ,

Z≤E[OPT] ⟹ E[A] ≥ Z4.Z\le\mathbf E[\mathrm{OPT}]\ \Longrightarrow\ \mathbf E[\mathcal A]\ \ge\ \frac Z4.Z≤E[OPT] ⟹ E[A] ≥ 4Z​.

Taking Z=E[OPT]Z=\mathbf E[\mathrm{OPT}]Z=E[OPT] gives E[OPT]≤4 E[A]\mathbf E[\mathrm{OPT}]\le4\,\mathbf E[\mathcal A]E[OPT]≤4E[A], a 444-competitive algorithm when the expected optimum is known.

Milestones (in the order of the paper's proof, p. 8)

  1. Eq. (4.1). If Z≤E[OPT]Z\le\mathbf E[\mathrm{OPT}]Z≤E[OPT] then L≥Z/2L\ge Z/2L≥Z/2.
  2. Eq. (4.3). If Z≤E[OPT]Z\le\mathbf E[\mathrm{OPT}]Z≤E[OPT] then
∑i=1n∑j: d(i)v(j)≥Z/21n d(i)v(j) ≥ Z2.\sum_{i=1}^n\sum_{j:\,d(i)v(j)\ge Z/2}\frac1n\,d(i)v(j)\ \ge\ \frac Z2.i=1∑n​j:d(i)v(j)≥Z/2∑​n1​d(i)v(j) ≥ 2Z​.
  1. Eq. (4.4). E[A]=∑i=1n∑j: d(i)v(j)≥Z/2d(i)v(j) ∣Gij∣∣Sn∣\displaystyle\mathbf E[\mathcal A]=\sum_{i=1}^n\sum_{j:\,d(i)v(j)\ge Z/2}d(i)v(j)\,\frac{|G_{ij}|}{|S_n|}E[A]=i=1∑n​j:d(i)v(j)≥Z/2∑​d(i)v(j)∣Sn​∣∣Gij​∣​.
  2. Claim 4.8. For every i,ji,ji,j with d(i)v(j)≥Z/2d(i)v(j)\ge Z/2d(i)v(j)≥Z/2, n∣Gij∣≥∣Sn∖Sacc∣n|G_{ij}|\ge|S_n\setminus S_{acc}|n∣Gij​∣≥∣Sn​∖Sacc​∣; and if 2∣Sacc∣≤n!2|S_{acc}|\le n!2∣Sacc​∣≤n! then 2n∣Gij∣≥n!2n|G_{ij}|\ge n!2n∣Gij​∣≥n!.

Significance

The result. The discounted problem separates sharply by information: a logarithmic gap is unavoidable without prior knowledge, while knowledge of the single number E[OPT]\mathbf E[\mathrm{OPT}]E[OPT], or of any lower estimate ZZZ of it, closes the gap to a constant. The algorithm is a fixed posted threshold, so read as a mechanism it is a posted price, which is truthful for single-parameter agents (§1). The paper also notes that when all values are known, E[OPT]\mathbf E[\mathrm{OPT}]E[OPT] can be estimated by sampling (its Lemma A.1), which yields a constant-competitive algorithm in that setting. The companion lower bound (Theorem 4.6) shows that even complete knowledge of the values does not give a ratio better than 2\sqrt22​.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper; no machine-checked proof is known. The formalization yields a checked version of the paper's counting argument on permutations (Claim 4.8) and of the tie-breaking step behind Eq. (4.3), and reusable finite random-order bookkeeping: expectations over SnS_nSn​ as averages, threshold stopping rules, and the decomposition of an online algorithm's value by the time and element it selects.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails when A\mathcal AA rarely selects. A\mathcal AA earns at least Z/2Z/2Z/2 whenever it selects anything, so E[A]≥Z2Pr⁡[A selects]\mathbf E[\mathcal A]\ge\frac Z2\Pr[\mathcal A\text{ selects}]E[A]≥2Z​Pr[A selects]. That settles the case Pr⁡[A selects]≥1/2\Pr[\mathcal A\text{ selects}]\ge1/2Pr[A selects]≥1/2 and nothing else: the probability of selecting can be tiny while E[OPT]\mathbf E[\mathrm{OPT}]E[OPT] is still large, because the optimum may be concentrated on a few orders with a large product. In that case the bound must come from comparing the algorithm with the optimum pair by pair: every time–element pair (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) with d(i)v(j)≥Z/2d(i)v(j)\ge Z/2d(i)v(j)≥Z/2 must be realized by A\mathcal AA on a positive fraction of the orders.

Two points need care in a formal proof:

  • Eq. (4.2) rewrites LLL as a sum over pairs weighted by the conditional probability that d(i)v(j)d(i)v(j)d(i)v(j) is the highest product. It relies on a consistent tie-breaking rule, which the paper leaves implicit.
  • Claim 4.8 is a counting argument on SnS_nSn​. A map from the rejecting orders into GijG_{ij}Gij​ swaps element jjj into position iii, and must be shown to be at most nnn-to-111 and to land in GijG_{ij}Gij​.

Neither (4.2) nor the map appears in the statements, so solvers may replace either with any argument they like.

Formalization scope

  • Types. Times and elements are Fin n; the paper's time ttt is the index t−1t-1t−1. An order is π : Equiv.Perm (Fin n), read as time ↦ element, as on p. 3. The instance [NeZero n] encodes n≥1n\ge1n≥1, so the maximum over times is a genuine maximum (Finset.sup').
  • Expectations. Expectations over the uniform order are finite averages 1n!∑π\frac1{n!}\sum_\pin!1​∑π​. No measure theory is used.
  • Values and constants. Values, discounts and ZZZ are real numbers, and the hypotheses d≥0d\ge0d≥0, v≥0v\ge0v≥0 are explicit. The constant 1/41/41/4 is the paper's. The bound is stated multiplicatively, Z/4≤E[A]Z/4\le\mathbf E[\mathcal A]Z/4≤E[A], never as a ratio.
  • Thresholds and ties. Every threshold is non-strict (≥Z/2\ge Z/2≥Z/2), exactly as on pp. 7–8. A\mathcal AA selects the first qualifying time, so it needs no tie-breaking. The tie-breaking remark at Eq. (4.2) concerns only the paper's intermediate identity (4.2), which is not a milestone.
  • Claim 4.8. Both inequalities are stated with cleared denominators. The second carries the proof's case hypothesis 2∣Sacc∣≤n!2|S_{acc}|\le n!2∣Sacc​∣≤n!, which the paper uses in the same place ("at most half the permutations are in SaccS_{acc}Sacc​").
  • What is not this theorem. A\mathcal AA is the online threshold rule with threshold Z/2Z/2Z/2 applied to π\piπ as it unfolds. An algorithm that inspects the whole order, or that chooses its threshold after seeing the values, would make the bound trivial and is not this theorem.
  • Contributions welcome. Proofs of each milestone, including the counting argument of Claim 4.8. Lemmas on averages over Equiv.Perm (Fin n) and on first-hitting times are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • M. Babaioff, M. Dinitz, A. Gupta, N. Immorlica, K. Talwar, Secretary Problems: Weights and Discounts, Proceedings of the 20th ACM-SIAM Symposium on Discrete Algorithms (SODA), 2009.
  • E. B. Dynkin, Optimal choice of the stopping moment of a Markov process, Doklady Akademii Nauk SSSR 150:238–240, 1963.
  • W. T. Rasmussen, S. R. Pliska, Choosing the maximum from a sequence with a discount function, Applied Mathematics and Optimization 2(3):279–289, 1975/76.
  • M. Mahdian, P. McAfee, D. Pennock, The secretary problem with durable employment, personal communication, 2008 (cited as [MMP08]).
  • M. Babaioff, N. Immorlica, R. Kleinberg, Matroids, secretary problems, and online mechanisms, SODA 2007, pp. 434–443.
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
ProbabilityTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Secretary Problems: Weights and Discounts 2: An Ω(log n / log log n) Lower Bound on the Competitive Ratio of the Discounted Secretary ProblemResearch Paper

Motivation

In the classical secretary problem a decision maker sees nnn candidates in uniformly random order, learns each candidate's value on arrival, and must accept or reject it on the spot; the goal is to pick a valuable one. A simple sample-then-select rule picks the best candidate with probability at least 1/e1/e1/e, so the problem is constant-competitive. The secretary problem is also a model of online mechanism design: a rule that accepts the first agent above a threshold computed from earlier agents is a truthful posted-price mechanism (as the paper notes in §1).

Babaioff, Dinitz, Gupta, Immorlica and Talwar (SODA 2009; authors' version) study the discounted secretary problem, where accepting at time ttt is worth d(t) v(e)d(t)\,v(e)d(t)v(e) for a known discount function ddd. Discounts model settings where a sale is worth more at some times than at others. The case d(t)=βtd(t)=\beta^td(t)=βt had been studied before (Rasmussen and Pliska 1976); the paper asks what happens for arbitrary ddd. Its answer has two sides: an O(log⁡n)O(\log n)O(logn)-competitive algorithm, and the result of this mission, a lower bound showing that no online algorithm is better than Ω(log⁡n/log⁡log⁡n)\Omega(\log n/\log\log n)Ω(logn/loglogn)-competitive. So, unlike the classical problem, the discounted problem with a general discount is not constant-competitive.

Setting

There are nnn elements e∈{0,…,n−1}e\in\{0,\dots,n-1\}e∈{0,…,n−1} with values v(e)≥0v(e)\ge 0v(e)≥0, and a discount function ddd on the times. The elements arrive in a uniformly random order π\piπ: element π(t)\pi(t)π(t) arrives at time ttt. A randomized online stopping rule AAA specifies, for each time ttt and each sequence of values seen so far h=(v(π(0)),…,v(π(t)))h=(v(\pi(0)),\dots,v(\pi(t)))h=(v(π(0)),…,v(π(t))), a probability pt(h)∈[0,1]p_t(h)\in[0,1]pt​(h)∈[0,1] of stopping at ttt if it has not stopped yet. Stopping at ttt selects π(t)\pi(t)π(t) and earns d(t) v(π(t))d(t)\,v(\pi(t))d(t)v(π(t)); the rule selects at most one element and may select none. The rule knows nnn and ddd, but it sees only values, only as they arrive, and it is not told which instance it is facing.

The expected value of AAA is

E[A]=Eπ[∑td(t) v(π(t)) pt(ht)∏s<t(1−ps(hs))],\mathbb E[A]=\mathbb E_\pi\Bigl[\sum_t d(t)\,v(\pi(t))\,p_t(h_t)\prod_{s<t}\bigl(1-p_s(h_s)\bigr)\Bigr],E[A]=Eπ​[t∑​d(t)v(π(t))pt​(ht​)s<t∏​(1−ps​(hs​))],

and the benchmark is the expected offline optimum

E[OPT]=Eπ[max⁡td(t) v(π(t))],\mathbb E[\mathrm{OPT}]=\mathbb E_\pi\Bigl[\max_t d(t)\,v(\pi(t))\Bigr],E[OPT]=Eπ​[tmax​d(t)v(π(t))],

which is itself a random variable averaged over the order. AAA is α\alphaα-competitive on an instance when E[OPT]≤α E[A]\mathbb E[\mathrm{OPT}]\le\alpha\,\mathbb E[A]E[OPT]≤αE[A].

The hard family (§4.1.1 of the paper): fix an integer c≥1c\ge1c≥1 and put L=cL=cL=c, n=L4cn=L^{4c}n=L4c, nt=L2tn_t=L^{2t}nt​=L2t for t≤2ct\le 2ct≤2c, and K=n2K=n^2K=n2. The step discount is d(j)=L−1d(j)=L^{-1}d(j)=L−1 on the times 1≤j≤n11\le j\le n_11≤j≤n1​ and d(j)=L−td(j)=L^{-t}d(j)=L−t on nt−1<j≤ntn_{t-1}<j\le n_tnt−1​<j≤nt​. The instance I1\mathcal I_1I1​ has n/n1n/n_1n/n1​ elements of value KKK and the rest 000; It+1\mathcal I_{t+1}It+1​ is obtained from It\mathcal I_tIt​ by raising n/nt+1n/n_{t+1}n/nt+1​ of its values KtK^tKt to Kt+1K^{t+1}Kt+1, so It\mathcal I_tIt​ has n/ntn/n_tn/nt​ elements of value KtK^tKt.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.3 in the form its proof establishes

For every integer c≥1c\ge1c≥1 and every randomized online stopping rule AAA for horizon n=c4cn=c^{4c}n=c4c and the step discount,

∃ t∈{1,…,2c}:c⋅E[A(It)] < 10⋅E[OPT(It)].\exists\,t\in\{1,\dots,2c\}:\qquad c\cdot\mathbb E[A(\mathcal I_t)]\ <\ 10\cdot\mathbb E[\mathrm{OPT}(\mathcal I_t)].∃t∈{1,…,2c}:c⋅E[A(It​)] < 10⋅E[OPT(It​)].

That is, no online rule is c/10c/10c/10-competitive on all of I1,…,I2c\mathcal I_1,\dots,\mathcal I_{2c}I1​,…,I2c​.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 4.1: E[OPT(It)]≥(1−1/e)KtL−t\mathbb E[\mathrm{OPT}(\mathcal I_t)]\ge(1-1/e)K^tL^{-t}E[OPT(It​)]≥(1−1/e)KtL−t for 1≤t≤2c1\le t\le 2c1≤t≤2c.
  2. Coupling step of Lemma 4.2's proof: for every rule and 1≤t<2c1\le t<2c1≤t<2c, the probability of stopping among the first ntn_tnt​ arrivals drops by at most 1/L21/L^21/L2 from It\mathcal I_tIt​ to It+1\mathcal I_{t+1}It+1​.
  3. Lemma 4.2: a rule that is c/10c/10c/10-competitive on I1,…,I2c\mathcal I_1,\dots,\mathcal I_{2c}I1​,…,I2c​ stops among the first ntn_tnt​ arrivals of It\mathcal I_tIt​ with probability at least t/ct/ct/c.
  4. Theorem 4.3, asymptotic form: for c≥2c\ge2c≥2 and n=c4cn=c^{4c}n=c4c, every rule has some It\mathcal I_tIt​ with
140⋅log⁡nlog⁡log⁡n⋅E[A(It)]<E[OPT(It)].\frac1{40}\cdot\frac{\log n}{\log\log n}\cdot\mathbb E[A(\mathcal I_t)]<\mathbb E[\mathrm{OPT}(\mathcal I_t)].401​⋅loglognlogn​⋅E[A(It​)]<E[OPT(It​)].

Significance

The result separates the discounted secretary problem from its classical and weighted relatives, which admit constant-competitive algorithms (the paper's Theorem 3.4 and the eee-competitive classical rule). Together with the paper's O(log⁡n)O(\log n)O(logn) upper bound (Theorem 4.4) it pins the competitive ratio for general discounts between log⁡n/log⁡log⁡n\log n/\log\log nlogn/loglogn and log⁡n\log nlogn up to constants, and it motivates the paper's known-OPT\mathrm{OPT}OPT model (§4.2), where an estimate of E[OPT]\mathbb E[\mathrm{OPT}]E[OPT] restores a constant ratio. The construction is a template for lower bounds against randomized online algorithms in random-order models: geometrically nested instances that a rule cannot tell apart early, played against a discount that punishes waiting.

The theorem is proved in the paper, in about a page. To our knowledge no part of it has a machine-checked proof. This mission produces the formal model of randomized online stopping rules in the random-order discounted setting, a reusable object for the paper's other discounted results (the O(log⁡n)O(\log n)O(logn) upper bound, and the 2\sqrt22​ lower bound with known values of Theorem 4.6), and a checked version of the lower bound with explicit constants.

Difficulty

The obvious attempt is to fix one instance and show that every rule loses on it. That fails: for any single instance there is a rule tuned to it (a rule that waits exactly as long as that instance warrants). The lower bound has to play the 2c2c2c instances against each other. A rule that does well on It\mathcal I_tIt​ must commit early, within the first ntn_tnt​ steps, yet the rule cannot distinguish It\mathcal I_tIt​ from It+1\mathcal I_{t+1}It+1​ during those steps except with probability L−2L^{-2}L−2. Making "cannot distinguish" precise is the central step: it needs a coupling of the two runs over the same random order and the same internal randomness, which works only because the rule's decision at time ttt depends on the values observed so far and nothing else. The accounting then has to show that the rule's early earnings on It+1\mathcal I_{t+1}It+1​ and its late earnings are both small compared with E[OPT(It+1)]\mathbb E[\mathrm{OPT}(\mathcal I_{t+1})]E[OPT(It+1​)], which uses L≥2L\ge 2L≥2 and that K=n2K=n^2K=n2 dwarfs L2cL^{2c}L2c.

Formalization scope

  • Elements and times are Fin n, 0-based: index jjj is the paper's time j+1j+1j+1, so the paper's block (nt−1,nt](n_{t-1},n_t](nt−1​,nt​] is the index range [nt−1,nt)[n_{t-1},n_t)[nt−1​,nt​). The random order is π : Equiv.Perm (Fin n) read as time ↦\mapsto↦ element, and every expectation over it is the finite average 1n!∑π\frac1{n!}\sum_\pin!1​∑π​. Values and discounts are real.
  • Algorithms are the structure StoppingRule n: stopping probabilities pt(h)∈[0,1]p_t(h)\in[0,1]pt​(h)∈[0,1] indexed by time and the arrival-ordered value sequence, with the non-anticipation condition that pt(h)p_t(h)pt​(h) depends only on h0,…,hth_0,\dots,h_th0​,…,ht​. The theorem quantifies over all such rules, so it covers deterministic and randomized online algorithms that observe values only. A rule may depend on nnn and ddd but not on the instance index.
  • OPT is Eπ[max⁡td(t)v(π(t))]\mathbb E_\pi[\max_t d(t)v(\pi(t))]Eπ​[maxt​d(t)v(π(t))] (a supremum over the finite type Fin n), and competitiveness is multiplicative, E[OPT]≤α E[A]\mathbb E[\mathrm{OPT}]\le\alpha\,\mathbb E[A]E[OPT]≤αE[A], never a quotient.
  • Constants. The goal uses the paper's constant 101010 (from "if AAA is c/10c/10c/10-competitive"); the asymptotic form uses 1/401/401/40, from log⁡n/log⁡log⁡n≤4c\log n/\log\log n\le 4clogn/loglogn≤4c for c≥2c\ge2c≥2, with the natural logarithm. K=n2K=n^2K=n2, the value the paper suggests.
  • The construction (nnn, ntn_tnt​, ddd, KKK, It\mathcal I_tIt​) is fixed by explicit formulas in the definition file. A solver cannot choose the discount or the instances, and the goal is not stated for a restricted class of algorithms; a formalization that let the rule see the instance index or future values, or quantified only over threshold rules, would be a different and trivial or weaker theorem. For c<10c<10c<10 the goal is immediate, since E[A]≤E[OPT]\mathbb E[A]\le\mathbb E[\mathrm{OPT}]E[A]≤E[OPT] and E[OPT(It)]>0\mathbb E[\mathrm{OPT}(\mathcal I_t)]>0E[OPT(It​)]>0; the content lies in c≥10c\ge10c≥10. The bound is stated only for the horizons n=c4cn=c^{4c}n=c4c the paper constructs.
  • Needed infrastructure: counting arguments over permutations of Fin n (the probability that a set of mmm elements misses the first kkk positions), the coupling of two value sequences that agree on a prefix, and elementary estimates on geometric sums. The rule model and the permutation-counting lemmas are reusable for the paper's other discounted results. Contributions of these supporting lemmas, as well as proofs of the milestones, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Babaioff, M. Dinitz, A. Gupta, N. Immorlica, K. Talwar, Secretary Problems: Weights and Discounts, Proceedings of the 20th ACM-SIAM Symposium on Discrete Algorithms (SODA), 2009. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611973068.135 (authors' full version, the one cited here: https://www.cs.jhu.edu/~mdinitz/papers/secretary.pdf)
  • E. B. Dynkin, Optimal choice of the stopping moment of a Markov process, Doklady Akademii Nauk SSSR, 1963.
  • W. T. Rasmussen, S. R. Pliska, Choosing the maximum from a sequence with a discount function, Applied Mathematics and Optimization 2(3), 1976.
  • T. S. Ferguson, Who solved the secretary problem?, Statistical Science 4(3), 1989. https://doi.org/10.1214/ss/1177012493
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Correlated Equilibrium as an Expression of Bayesian Rationality II: Two-Person Correlated Equilibrium Distributions Are the Solutions of Linear InequalitiesResearch Paper

Motivation

A correlated equilibrium is the equilibrium notion that arises when the players of a game take their actions on the advice of a common randomizing device, each player seeing only his own recommendation. It was introduced by Aumann in 1974 (Aumann 1974). Aumann's 1987 paper (Aumann 1987) gives the simple, finite form of the definition used today (Definition 2.1) and shows that the notion is what Bayesian rationality with a common prior predicts. On the way it records, as Proposition 2.3, the fact that makes correlated equilibrium tractable in practice: for a finite two-person game, the distributions over action pairs that come from correlated equilibria are exactly the solutions of an explicit finite system of linear inequalities.

That characterization is the starting point of the computational theory of correlated equilibria. Because the set is a polyhedron, an optimal correlated equilibrium can be found by linear programming, and no-swap-regret learning dynamics converge to this set (Foster and Vohra 1997; Hart and Mas-Colell 2000). In each of these works the linear-inequality description is taken as the definition; the paper's Proposition 2.3 is the bridge back to the strategic definition.

Setting

Player 1 has a finite set S1S^1S1 of actions and player 2 a finite set S2S^2S2. For j∈S1j \in S^1j∈S1 and k∈S2k \in S^2k∈S2, hjk1h^1_{jk}hjk1​ and hjk2h^2_{jk}hjk2​ are the two players' payoffs at the action pair (j,k)(j,k)(j,k).

A correlated strategy pair is a pair of functions f1:Γ→S1f^1 : \Gamma \to S^1f1:Γ→S1, f2:Γ→S2f^2 : \Gamma \to S^2f2:Γ→S2 on a finite probability space (Γ,μ)(\Gamma, \mu)(Γ,μ): a finite set Γ\GammaΓ with nonnegative weights μ(γ)\mu(\gamma)μ(γ) summing to 111. Chance draws γ\gammaγ and suggests the action fi(γ)f^i(\gamma)fi(γ) to player iii. The pair is a correlated equilibrium (Definition 2.1, condition (2.2)) if no player gains by a deviation that depends only on his own suggestion: for every φ:S1→S1\varphi : S^1 \to S^1φ:S1→S1,

E h1(φ(f1),f2)≤E h1(f1,f2),\mathbb E\, h^1(\varphi(f^1), f^2) \le \mathbb E\, h^1(f^1, f^2),Eh1(φ(f1),f2)≤Eh1(f1,f2),

and the analogous inequality holds for player 2 and every ψ:S2→S2\psi : S^2 \to S^2ψ:S2→S2.

A distribution is a family (pjk)j∈S1,k∈S2(p_{jk})_{j \in S^1, k \in S^2}(pjk​)j∈S1,k∈S2​ with pjk≥0p_{jk} \ge 0pjk​≥0 and ∑j∑kpjk=1\sum_j \sum_k p_{jk} = 1∑j​∑k​pjk​=1. The distribution of a correlated strategy pair assigns to (j,k)(j,k)(j,k) the probability μ{f1=j, f2=k}\mu\{f^1 = j,\ f^2 = k\}μ{f1=j, f2=k}. A correlated equilibrium distribution (c.e.d.) is the distribution of some correlated equilibrium on some finite probability space.

In the Lean development these are IsDistribution p, IsProbVec μ, IsCE h₁ h₂ μ f₁ f₂, distr μ f₁ f₂ and IsCED h₁ h₂ p, with h₁ j k =hjk1= h^1_{jk}=hjk1​ and p j k =pjk= p_{jk}=pjk​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2.3

For every distribution (pjk)(p_{jk})(pjk​): (pjk)(p_{jk})(pjk​) is a correlated equilibrium distribution if and only if

∑k(hjk1−hqk1) pjk≥0for all j,q∈S1,(2.4)\sum_k \big(h^1_{jk} - h^1_{qk}\big)\, p_{jk} \ge 0 \quad \text{for all } j, q \in S^1, \tag{2.4}k∑​(hjk1​−hqk1​)pjk​≥0for all j,q∈S1,(2.4) ∑j(hjk2−hjr2) pjk≥0for all k,r∈S2.(2.5)\sum_j \big(h^2_{jk} - h^2_{jr}\big)\, p_{jk} \ge 0 \quad \text{for all } k, r \in S^2. \tag{2.5}j∑​(hjk2​−hjr2​)pjk​≥0for all k,r∈S2.(2.5)

Milestones

  1. Identification with distributions (Sect. 2, p. 4). A correlated strategy pair is a correlated equilibrium if and only if its distribution ppp satisfies ∑j∑kpjkhφ(j)k1≤∑j∑kpjkhjk1\sum_j\sum_k p_{jk} h^1_{\varphi(j)k} \le \sum_j\sum_k p_{jk} h^1_{jk}∑j​∑k​pjk​hφ(j)k1​≤∑j​∑k​pjk​hjk1​ for all φ\varphiφ, and the analogous condition for player 2.
  2. Conditioning on possible suggestions (proof of Prop. 2.3, p. 6). For a distribution, player 1's condition holds if and only if H1(q∣j)≤H1(j∣j)H^1(q \mid j) \le H^1(j \mid j)H1(q∣j)≤H1(j∣j) for every suggestion jjj of positive probability and every qqq, where H1(q∣j)=∑khqk1pjk/∑kpjkH^1(q\mid j) = \sum_k h^1_{qk} p_{jk} / \sum_k p_{jk}H1(q∣j)=∑k​hqk1​pjk​/∑k​pjk​; likewise for player 2.
  3. Player 1 gives (2.4): player 1's condition on ppp is equivalent to (2.4).
  4. Player 2 gives (2.5): player 2's condition on ppp is equivalent to (2.5).

A further statement, not a milestone, records the paper's example on p. 5: in the game of chicken (Figure 4) the distribution of Figure 5 is a c.e.d. with expected payoff (5,5)(5,5)(5,5).

Significance

The result. Proposition 2.3 turns an existential statement — there is some probability space and some correlated strategy pair that is an equilibrium and has distribution ppp — into finitely many linear inequalities on ppp alone. Consequently the set of c.e.d.'s is a compact convex polyhedron, membership is decidable by evaluating ∣S1∣2+∣S2∣2|S^1|^2 + |S^2|^2∣S1∣2+∣S2∣2 linear forms, and optimizing a linear objective over it is a linear program. The paper states the two-person case and remarks that "the principle, however, is no different in the general case".

Formalizing it. The proposition is classical and its proof is short; to our knowledge it has no machine-checked proof. The platform already has the linear-inequality (swap) form of correlated equilibrium for two-player games on Fin m × Fin n (Foster–Vohra 1997 missions) and Aumann's 1974 randomizing-structure model, but no statement that connects the strategic definition over arbitrary finite probability spaces with the linear system. This mission supplies that connection, so that results proved about the polyhedron apply to equilibria in Aumann's sense and conversely.

Difficulty

The mathematics is elementary; the care is in the statement. Two points need attention. First, the direction from the inequalities to a c.e.d. requires constructing a probability space and a correlated strategy pair whose distribution is the given ppp; the c.e.d. notion quantifies over probability spaces, not over distributions. Second, the paper's argument divides by the probability ∑kpjk\sum_k p_{jk}∑k​pjk​ of a suggestion, which may be zero; the conditional formulation (milestone 2) holds only over possible suggestions, while (2.4) and (2.5) quantify over all actions and hold trivially at impossible ones. Deviations must be functions of the player's own suggestion: restricting to constant deviations gives coarse correlated equilibrium, which (2.4)–(2.5) do not characterize, and allowing arbitrary functions of γ\gammaγ gives a stronger notion.

Formalization scope

Two players with finite action types S₁ S₂ : Type* (Fintype, DecidableEq); payoffs h₁ h₂ : S₁ → S₂ → ℝ; distributions p : S₁ → S₂ → ℝ with the sign and sum conditions as an explicit hypothesis of every statement about distributions. Finite probability spaces are finite types Γ : Type with a probability vector μ : Γ → ℝ; deviations are compositions φ ∘ f₁ with φ : S₁ → S₁. The conditional payoffs H1H^1H1, H2H^2H2 use Lean's x / 0 = 0 and are only ever used at possible suggestions. Empty action sets admit no distribution, so the statements are then vacuous, exactly as in the paper.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: "c.e.d." is the existential notion over finite probability spaces with a genuine probability vector and an equilibrium in the sense of Definition 2.1, not the inequalities themselves or the swap form on ppp.

No infrastructure beyond finite sums and Finset.filter is needed. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, and the nnn-player generalization the paper alludes to.

Selected references

  • R. J. Aumann, Correlated Equilibrium as an Expression of Bayesian Rationality, Econometrica 55 (1987), 1–18. https://doi.org/10.2307/1911154
  • R. J. Aumann, Subjectivity and Correlation in Randomized Strategies, Journal of Mathematical Economics 1 (1974), 67–96. https://doi.org/10.1016/0304-4068(74)90037-8
  • D. P. Foster and R. V. Vohra, Calibrated Learning and Correlated Equilibrium, Games and Economic Behavior 21 (1997), 40–55. https://doi.org/10.1006/game.1997.0595
  • S. Hart and A. Mas-Colell, A Simple Adaptive Procedure Leading to Correlated Equilibrium, Econometrica 68 (2000), 1127–1150. https://doi.org/10.1111/1468-0262.00153
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Project Scheduling with Time Windows and Scarce Resources V: A Schedule Is Inventory-Feasible iff It Resolves Every Minimal Surplus and Shortage SetTextbook

Motivation

In make-to-order production, chemical process industries and other manufacturing settings modelled as projects, activities do not only occupy machines for a while: they also consume intermediate products at their start and deposit products into storage facilities at their completion. Storage is bounded above by a tank or warehouse capacity and below by a safety stock. Resources of this kind are called cumulative resources (or inventory resources, reservoirs in the constraint-programming literature). They were introduced into resource-constrained project scheduling by Neumann and Schwindt (2002), and Chapter 2 of Neumann, Schwindt and Zimmermann, Project Scheduling with Time Windows and Scarce Resources (2nd ed., Springer 2003), develops their theory in §2.12.

A scheduler handling cumulative resources needs a finite combinatorial description of which schedules respect the inventory bounds at every instant, because the time axis is continuous and cannot be checked point by point in a search procedure. Theorem 2.12.4 of the book gives such a description, and it is the basis of the branch-and-bound procedure of Neumann and Schwindt for the problem PSc∣temp∣Cmax⁡PSc|temp|C_{\max}PSc∣temp∣Cmax​.

Setting

A project consists of activities V={0,1,…,n+1}V=\{0,1,\dots,n+1\}V={0,1,…,n+1} with n≥1n\ge 1n≥1, where 000 is the project beginning and n+1n+1n+1 the project completion. Activity iii has an integer duration pi≥0p_i\ge 0pi​≥0, with p0=pn+1=0p_0=p_{n+1}=0p0​=pn+1​=0 and pi>0p_i>0pi​>0 for the real activities.

For each cumulative resource kkk in a set Rγ\mathcal R^\gammaRγ, every activity iii has an integer demand rikr_{ik}rik​. If rik<0r_{ik}<0rik​<0, activity iii withdraws −rik-r_{ik}−rik​ units of kkk at its start; if rik>0r_{ik}>0rik​>0, it deposits rikr_{ik}rik​ units at its completion; rik=0r_{ik}=0rik​=0 means kkk is not used. The demand r0kr_{0k}r0k​ of the project beginning is the initial stock. Write Vk−={i∣rik<0}V_k^-=\{i\mid r_{ik}<0\}Vk−​={i∣rik​<0} and Vk+={i∣rik>0}V_k^+=\{i\mid r_{ik}>0\}Vk+​={i∣rik​>0}. Each resource has a safety stock R‾k∈Z\underline R_k\in\mathbb ZR​k​∈Z and a storage capacity R‾k∈Z\overline R_k\in\mathbb ZRk​∈Z.

A schedule is a vector S=(Si)i∈VS=(S_i)_{i\in V}S=(Si​)i∈V​ of real start times with S0=0S_0=0S0​=0 and Si≥0S_i\ge 0Si​≥0. The active set and the inventory of kkk at time t≥0t\ge 0t≥0 are

Ak(S,t)={i∈Vk−∣Si≤t}∪{i∈Vk+∣Si+pi≤t},rk(S,t)=∑i∈Ak(S,t)rik.\mathcal A_k(S,t)=\{i\in V_k^-\mid S_i\le t\}\cup\{i\in V_k^+\mid S_i+p_i\le t\},\qquad r_k(S,t)=\sum_{i\in\mathcal A_k(S,t)} r_{ik}.Ak​(S,t)={i∈Vk−​∣Si​≤t}∪{i∈Vk+​∣Si​+pi​≤t},rk​(S,t)=i∈Ak​(S,t)∑​rik​.

The schedule is inventory-feasible if R‾k≤rk(S,t)≤R‾k\underline R_k\le r_k(S,t)\le\overline R_kR​k​≤rk​(S,t)≤Rk​ for all kkk and all t≥0t\ge 0t≥0.

Two standing assumptions of the section are used throughout: (2.12.1) R‾k≤∑i∈Vrik≤R‾k\underline R_k\le\sum_{i\in V}r_{ik}\le\overline R_kR​k​≤∑i∈V​rik​≤Rk​, so the final inventory is admissible; and Remark 2.12.2, R‾k≤0≤R‾k\underline R_k\le 0\le\overline R_kR​k​≤0≤Rk​.

A nonempty F⊆VF\subseteq VF⊆V is a kkk-surplus set if ∑i∈Frik>R‾k\sum_{i\in F}r_{ik}>\overline R_k∑i∈F​rik​>Rk​, and a kkk-shortage set if ∑i∈Frik<R‾k\sum_{i\in F}r_{ik}<\underline R_k∑i∈F​rik​<R​k​. A kkk-surplus set FFF is minimal if no kkk-surplus set arises from FFF by removing a nonempty set of replenishing activities, and none arises by adding a nonempty set of depleting activities. Minimal kkk-shortage sets are defined with the roles of replenishing and depleting activities exchanged. Fk+\mathcal F_k^+Fk+​ and Fk−\mathcal F_k^-Fk−​ denote the minimal kkk-surplus and kkk-shortage sets.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.12.4

A schedule SSS is inventory-feasible if and only if

∀k, ∀F∈Fk+ ∃j∈F, i∉F: rjk>0, rik<0, Sj+pj≥Si,\forall k,\ \forall F\in\mathcal F_k^+\ \exists j\in F,\ i\notin F:\ r_{jk}>0,\ r_{ik}<0,\ S_j+p_j\ge S_i,∀k, ∀F∈Fk+​ ∃j∈F, i∈/F: rjk​>0, rik​<0, Sj​+pj​≥Si​, ∀k, ∀F∈Fk− ∃j∈F, i∉F: rjk<0, rik>0, Sj≥Si+pi.\forall k,\ \forall F\in\mathcal F_k^-\ \exists j\in F,\ i\notin F:\ r_{jk}<0,\ r_{ik}>0,\ S_j\ge S_i+p_i.∀k, ∀F∈Fk−​ ∃j∈F, i∈/F: rjk​<0, rik​>0, Sj​≥Si​+pi​.

Milestones

  1. The invariance claim after Remark 2.12.2 (p. 131): adding the same integer aka_kak​ to r0kr_{0k}r0k​, R‾k\underline R_kR​k​ and R‾k\overline R_kRk​ does not change the set of inventory-feasible schedules.
  2. Lemma 2.12.3 (a): for every kkk-surplus set FFF there is a minimal kkk-surplus set F′F'F′ with ∅≠F′∩Vk+⊆F∩Vk+\emptyset\ne F'\cap V_k^+\subseteq F\cap V_k^+∅=F′∩Vk+​⊆F∩Vk+​ and F′∩Vk−⊇F∩Vk−F'\cap V_k^-\supseteq F\cap V_k^-F′∩Vk−​⊇F∩Vk−​.
  3. Lemma 2.12.3 (b): the shortage counterpart.
  4. Theorem 2.12.4 (a) on its own: the upper constraints rk(S,t)≤R‾kr_k(S,t)\le\overline R_krk​(S,t)≤Rk​ hold for all t≥0t\ge 0t≥0 iff condition (a) holds.
  5. Theorem 2.12.4 (b) on its own: the lower constraints hold for all t≥0t\ge 0t≥0 iff condition (b) holds.

Significance

The theorem turns a constraint over a continuum of time points into finitely many disjunctions, each a choice among precedence relations. An inventory excess caused by a minimal surplus set is removed by a start-to-completion relation Sj+pj≥SiS_j+p_j\ge S_iSj​+pj​≥Si​ (a replenishment is postponed until after a withdrawal starts, equivalently a maximum time lag), and a shortage by a completion-to-start relation Sj≥Si+piS_j\ge S_i+p_iSj​≥Si​+pi​. Consequences stated in the book: the feasible region of PSc∣temp∣Cmax⁡PSc|temp|C_{\max}PSc∣temp∣Cmax​ is a finite union of polyhedra; branching on these relations, organized as pairs of strict orders and reflexive relations, is a complete search scheme; and minimal delaying alternatives for surplus and shortage sets can be enumerated. Because every problem with renewable resources can be rewritten as one with cumulative resources (p. 130), the book also concludes that this union of polyhedra is in general disconnected.

The result is proved in the book (and in Neumann and Schwindt, 2002). To our knowledge it has no machine-checked proof. This mission produces a Lean formalization of the model, of the one-sided minimality notion, and of the two-sided characterization with its supporting lemma.

Difficulty

The combinatorial core is simple to state but easy to state wrongly. The natural first idea, to use inclusion-minimal surplus sets as for renewable resources, gives a different family Fk+\mathcal F_k^+Fk+​ and a false theorem: the book's minimality allows removing only replenishing activities and adding only depleting ones. The existence lemma needs Remark 2.12.2 to keep at least one replenishing activity in the minimal set, and the sufficiency direction needs (2.12.1) to guarantee a depleting activity outside the minimal set. Both membership conditions of the active set are closed at ttt, so activities that deplete or replenish exactly at the critical instant must be counted on the correct side; a half-open reading changes which schedules are feasible. The initial stock r0kr_{0k}r0k​ is handled by the same active-set rule as any other demand, which matters for the invariance claim.

Formalization scope

  • Activities are Fin (n + 2), activity n+1n+1n+1 is Fin.last (n + 1); resources are an arbitrary type K. Demands, safety stocks and capacities are integers (ℤ); start times are reals (ℝ); durations are natural numbers cast to ℝ.
  • The inventory constraints are required for every t≥0t\ge 0t≥0. The book prints (2.12.2) for 0≤t≤dˉ0\le t\le\bar d0≤t≤dˉ, but its proof of Theorem 2.12.4 works with an arbitrary t≥0t\ge 0t≥0 (the necessity half uses the last completion time of a replenishing activity, which need not be at most dˉ\bar ddˉ). The two readings coincide for schedules with Sn+1≤dˉS_{n+1}\le\bar dSn+1​≤dˉ whose activities all finish by Sn+1S_{n+1}Sn+1​.
  • A schedule satisfies S0=0S_0=0S0​=0 and Si≥0S_i\ge 0Si​≥0 and is not required to be time-feasible; time lags play no role in this section's results and are not part of the model.
  • (2.12.1) and Remark 2.12.2 are explicit hypotheses (TotalDemandWithinBounds, BoundsStraddleZero) wherever the book's proofs use them. Surplus and shortage sets are nonempty by definition, and minimality uses proper inclusions.
  • A formalization in which Fk+\mathcal F_k^+Fk+​ is empty or trivial (for instance, minimality with non-strict inclusions, which no set satisfies) makes condition (a) vacuous; the definitions here follow p. 131 exactly, and a concrete instance with a nonempty Fk+\mathcal F_k^+Fk+​ has been checked locally.

Reusable parts: the cumulative-resource model and inventory profile, which later missions on continuous cumulative resources (§2.12.2) or on the NP-completeness of PSc∣temp∣Cmax⁡PSc|temp|C_{\max}PSc∣temp∣Cmax​ (Theorem 2.12.1) can build on. Contributions welcome: proofs of the lemmas, of either half of the theorem, and finite-sum lemmas about Finset.filter that the proofs need.

Selected references

  • K. Neumann, C. Schwindt, J. Zimmermann, Project Scheduling with Time Windows and Scarce Resources, 2nd ed., Springer, 2003, §2.12.1, pp. 128–135. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-24800-2
  • K. Neumann, C. Schwindt, Project scheduling with inventory constraints, Mathematical Methods of Operations Research 56 (2003) 513–533 (cited in the book as 2002). https://doi.org/10.1007/s001860200251
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationDiscrete GeometryLinear Optimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Understanding and Using Linear Programming XI: The KKT Conditions and the Unique Smallest Enclosing BallTextbook

Motivation

The smallest enclosing ball problem asks, for finitely many points p1,…,pn∈Rdp_1,\dots,p_n\in\mathbb{R}^dp1​,…,pn​∈Rd, for a ball of the smallest radius that contains all of them. It appears in clustering, in collision detection and bounding-volume hierarchies, in facility location (placing one service point so that the farthest client is as close as possible), and in the analysis of geometric algorithms. Sylvester posed the planar version in 1857; Megiddo (1983) gave a linear-time algorithm in fixed dimension, and Welzl (1991) a simple randomized one.

This mission formalizes Section 8.7 of Matoušek and Gärtner, Understanding and Using Linear Programming (Springer, 2007), which uses the problem to introduce convex programming. Unlike the geometric problems of the book's Chapter 2, the smallest ball cannot be written as a linear program. The section shows instead that it is a convex quadratic program, derives the Karush–Kuhn–Tucker (KKT) conditions for convex programs in equational form from the duality theorem of linear programming, and uses them to prove that the smallest enclosing ball exists and is unique. It is the book's bridge from linear to convex optimization.

Setting

A function f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb{R}^n\to\mathbb{R}f:Rn→R is convex if f((1−t)x+ty)≤(1−t)f(x)+tf(y)f((1-t)x+ty)\le(1-t)f(x)+tf(y)f((1−t)x+ty)≤(1−t)f(x)+tf(y) for all x,y∈Rnx,y\in\mathbb{R}^nx,y∈Rn and t∈[0,1]t\in[0,1]t∈[0,1]. A convex program in equational form is

minimize f(x)subject to Ax=b, x≥0,\text{minimize } f(x)\quad\text{subject to } Ax=b,\ x\ge 0,minimize f(x)subject to Ax=b, x≥0,

with AAA a real m×nm\times nm×n matrix with columns a1,…,ana_1,\dots,a_na1​,…,an​, b∈Rmb\in\mathbb{R}^mb∈Rm and fff convex. A vector xxx is feasible if Ax=bAx=bAx=b and x≥0x\ge 0x≥0 componentwise, and optimal if it is feasible and f(x)≤f(x′)f(x)\le f(x')f(x)≤f(x′) for every feasible x′x'x′. For differentiable fff, ∇f(x)\nabla f(x)∇f(x) is the row vector of partial derivatives, so ∇f(x∗)(x−x∗)\nabla f(x^*)(x-x^*)∇f(x∗)(x−x∗) is a scalar.

For points p1,…,pn∈Rdp_1,\dots,p_n\in\mathbb{R}^dp1​,…,pn​∈Rd, write P={p1,…,pn}P=\{p_1,\dots,p_n\}P={p1​,…,pn​} and let QQQ be the d×nd\times nd×n matrix whose jjjth column is pjp_jpj​. The program studied is

(8.15)minimize f(x)=xTQTQx−∑j=1nxj pjTpjsubject to ∑j=1nxj=1, x≥0.\text{(8.15)}\qquad \text{minimize } f(x)=x^TQ^TQx-\sum_{j=1}^n x_j\,p_j^Tp_j\quad\text{subject to } \sum_{j=1}^n x_j=1,\ x\ge 0 .(8.15)minimize f(x)=xTQTQx−j=1∑n​xj​pjT​pj​subject to j=1∑n​xj​=1, x≥0.

A ball is a closed Euclidean ball B(c,r)={z∈Rd:∥z−c∥≤r}B(c,r)=\{z\in\mathbb{R}^d:\|z-c\|\le r\}B(c,r)={z∈Rd:∥z−c∥≤r}. The ball B(c,r)B(c,r)B(c,r) is the unique smallest enclosing ball of a set SSS if r≥0r\ge 0r≥0, S⊆B(c,r)S\subseteq B(c,r)S⊆B(c,r), every ball containing SSS has radius at least rrr, and every ball containing SSS of radius at most rrr has center ccc.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8.7.4

For n≥1n\ge 1n≥1 points p1,…,pn∈Rdp_1,\dots,p_n\in\mathbb{R}^dp1​,…,pn​∈Rd, the objective fff of (8.15) is convex, and

  1. (8.15) has an optimal solution x∗x^*x∗;
  2. there is a point p∗p^*p∗ with p∗=Qx∗p^*=Qx^*p∗=Qx∗ for every optimal x∗x^*x∗, and for every optimal x∗x^*x∗
−f(x∗)≥0andB(p∗,−f(x∗)) is the unique smallest enclosing ball of P.-f(x^*)\ge 0\quad\text{and}\quad B\big(p^*,\sqrt{-f(x^*)}\big)\ \text{is the unique smallest enclosing ball of } P .−f(x∗)≥0andB(p∗,−f(x∗)​) is the unique smallest enclosing ball of P.

Milestones

  • Fact 8.7.1. For C⊆RnC\subseteq\mathbb{R}^nC⊆Rn convex, fff differentiable and convex, and x∗∈Cx^*\in Cx∗∈C: x∗x^*x∗ minimizes fff over CCC iff ∇f(x∗)(x−x∗)≥0\nabla f(x^*)(x-x^*)\ge 0∇f(x∗)(x−x∗)≥0 for all x∈Cx\in Cx∈C.
  • Proposition 8.7.2 (KKT conditions). For fff convex with continuous partial derivatives and x∗x^*x∗ feasible: x∗x^*x∗ is optimal iff there is y~∈Rm\tilde y\in\mathbb{R}^my~​∈Rm with
∇f(x∗)j+y~Taj {=0if xj∗>0,≥0otherwise,j=1,…,n.\nabla f(x^*)_j+\tilde y^Ta_j\ \begin{cases}=0&\text{if } x^*_j>0,\\ \ge 0&\text{otherwise,}\end{cases}\qquad j=1,\dots,n.∇f(x∗)j​+y~​Taj​ {=0≥0​if xj∗​>0,otherwise,​j=1,…,n.
  • Lemma 8.7.3. If s1,…,sks_1,\dots,s_ks1​,…,sk​ lie on the boundary of the ball BBB with center s∗s^*s∗, then BBB is the unique smallest enclosing ball of {s1,…,sk}\{s_1,\dots,s_k\}{s1​,…,sk​} iff for every u∈Rdu\in\mathbb{R}^du∈Rd some jjj has uT(sj−s∗)≤0u^T(s_j-s^*)\le 0uT(sj​−s∗)≤0.

Significance

The result. Theorem 8.7.4 gives existence and uniqueness of the smallest enclosing ball together with an explicit certificate: the center is a convex combination Qx∗Qx^*Qx∗ of the input points, the squared radius is the negated optimum value, and the points pjp_jpj​ with xj∗>0x^*_j>0xj∗​>0 lie on the boundary. It reduces the geometric problem to a convex quadratic program, for which interior-point and simplex-type solvers exist, and it is the basis of the combinatorial characterization "the center lies in the convex hull of the boundary points" used by Welzl-type algorithms. Proposition 8.7.2 is the KKT theorem for equational-form convex programs; it holds without any constraint qualification because the constraints are linear.

Formalizing it. All results here are classical and proved in the book; none is open. The mission produces machine-checked statements and, when solved, proofs of: the first-order optimality criterion for convex functions on convex sets in Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn; the equational-form KKT theorem derived from LP duality; the boundary characterization of unique smallest enclosing balls; and existence and uniqueness of the smallest enclosing ball in every dimension. Mathlib has first-order necessary conditions at local minima and general convexity theory, but no KKT theorem for linearly constrained convex programs in this form and no smallest-enclosing-ball theory.

Difficulty

Existence of an optimum and convexity of fff are routine. For the KKT conditions, the necessary direction needs multipliers, which do not come from calculus alone: the obvious Lagrange-multiplier argument handles only equality constraints and says nothing about the sign pattern forced by x≥0x\ge 0x≥0. For the goal, a solver must connect three layers — the gradient of a quadratic form in matrix notation, the multiplier conditions, and the Euclidean geometry of distances to p∗p^*p∗ — and uniqueness of the ball does not follow from uniqueness of the optimizer x∗x^*x∗, which in general is not unique (repeated or cospherical points). The statement quantifies over all optimal x∗x^*x∗ and asserts that they all yield the same center.

Formalization scope

  • Vectors of Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn are Fin n → ℝ, so the book's indices 1,…,n1,\dots,n1,…,n become 0,…,n−10,\dots,n-10,…,n−1. Points of Rd\mathbb{R}^dRd are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), so ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ and pTqp^TqpTq are Euclidean. The matrix QQQ is Matrix (Fin d) (Fin n) ℝ.
  • Optimality is stated against every feasible point; no infimum or supremum is taken. ∇f(x∗)(x−x∗)\nabla f(x^*)(x-x^*)∇f(x∗)(x−x∗) is the Fréchet derivative applied to x−x∗x-x^*x−x∗, and ∇f(x∗)j\nabla f(x^*)_j∇f(x∗)j​ its value on the jjjth unit vector. "Continuous partial derivatives" is ContDiff ℝ 1 f. Convexity is ConvexOn ℝ Set.univ f.
  • Balls are closed. The squared radius −f(x∗)-f(x^*)−f(x∗) is expressed by asserting −f(x∗)≥0-f(x^*)\ge 0−f(x∗)≥0 and taking the radius −f(x∗)\sqrt{-f(x^*)}−f(x∗)​. "Unique ball of smallest radius" is written out as minimality of the radius among all enclosing closed balls plus equality of centers for every enclosing ball of radius at most the optimum; merely stating that the ball encloses PPP would not be the theorem.
  • The goal assumes n≥1n\ge 1n≥1 (for n=0n=0n=0 the feasible set is empty). In Fact 8.7.1 the minimizer x∗x^*x∗ is assumed to lie in CCC, as "minimizes fff over CCC" presupposes. In Lemma 8.7.3 the radius is nonnegative and each sjs_jsj​ is at distance exactly rrr from s∗s^*s∗.
  • Needed infrastructure: gradients of quadratic forms on Fin n → ℝ, LP duality for the pair (maximize cTxc^TxcTx, Ax=bAx=bAx=b, x≥0x\ge0x≥0) / (minimize bTyb^TybTy, ATy≥cA^Ty\ge cATy≥c), compactness of the standard simplex, and elementary Euclidean geometry. The first-order criterion and the KKT theorem are reusable beyond this mission; proofs through any route are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Matoušek and B. Gärtner, Understanding and Using Linear Programming, Springer Universitext, 2007, §8.7, pp. 184–191. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-30717-4
  • S. Boyd and L. Vandenberghe, Convex Optimization, Cambridge University Press, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511804441
  • N. Megiddo, Linear-time algorithms for linear programming in R3\mathbb{R}^3R3 and related problems, SIAM J. Comput. 12(4), 1983. https://doi.org/10.1137/0212052
  • E. Welzl, Smallest enclosing disks (balls and ellipsoids), in New Results and New Trends in Computer Science, LNCS 555, Springer, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0038202
  • J. J. Sylvester, A question in the geometry of situation, Quarterly Journal of Pure and Applied Mathematics 1, 1857.
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear OptimizationOptimizationTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Understanding and Using Linear Programming III: The Simplex Method with Bland's Rule Never CyclesTextbook

Motivation

The simplex method, introduced by G. B. Dantzig in 1947, is the standard algorithm for linear programming and remains the core of commercial solvers. It moves from one basic feasible solution to another by pivot steps, and at each step a pivot rule chooses which variable enters and which leaves the basis. For several natural rules, including Dantzig's original largest-coefficient rule, the method can cycle: on a degenerate linear program it can return to a basis it has already visited and repeat forever without improving the objective. Hoffman (1953) and Beale (1955) gave cycling examples.

R. G. Bland (New finite pivoting rules for the simplex method, Mathematics of Operations Research 2(2), 1977) showed that a simple combinatorial rule, choosing the smallest eligible index for both the entering and the leaving variable, never cycles. This makes the simplex method a finite algorithm on every linear program in equational form, and it gives an algorithmic proof of the duality theorem. Chapter 5 of J. Matoušek and B. Gärtner, Understanding and Using Linear Programming (Springer, 2007, DOI 10.1007/978-3-540-30717-4), develops the general theory of simplex tableaus and proves Bland's theorem as Theorem 5.8.1. This mission is the third of a series formalizing that book.

Setting

A linear program in equational form is

maximize cTxsubject toAx=b, x≥0,\text{maximize } c^{T}x \quad\text{subject to}\quad Ax=b,\ x\ge 0,maximize cTxsubject toAx=b, x≥0,

with AAA a real m×nm\times nm×n matrix, b∈Rmb\in\mathbb{R}^mb∈Rm, c∈Rnc\in\mathbb{R}^nc∈Rn. Following §4.2 of the book, AAA has n≥mn\ge mn≥m columns and rank mmm. For an mmm-element set B={k1<⋯<km}⊆{1,…,n}B=\{k_1<\dots<k_m\}\subseteq\{1,\dots,n\}B={k1​<⋯<km​}⊆{1,…,n} let N={ℓ1<⋯<ℓn−m}N=\{\ell_1<\dots<\ell_{n-m}\}N={ℓ1​<⋯<ℓn−m​} be its complement, and ABA_BAB​, ANA_NAN​ the matrices of the columns of AAA indexed by BBB and NNN. BBB is a feasible basis if ABA_BAB​ is nonsingular and AB−1b≥0A_B^{-1}b\ge0AB−1​b≥0; its basic feasible solution is the unique xxx with Ax=bAx=bAx=b and xj=0x_j=0xj​=0 for j∉Bj\notin Bj∈/B.

A simplex tableau T(B)T(B)T(B) is a system

xB=p+Q xN,z=z0+rTxNx_B=p+Q\,x_N,\qquad z=z_0+r^{T}x_NxB​=p+QxN​,z=z0​+rTxN​

in the variables x1,…,xn,zx_1,\dots,x_n,zx1​,…,xn​,z with the same solutions as Ax=bAx=bAx=b, z=cTxz=c^Txz=cTx. A nonbasic variable xvx_vxv​, v=ℓβv=\ell_\betav=ℓβ​, may enter if rβ>0r_\beta>0rβ​>0; a basic variable xux_uxu​, u=kαu=k_\alphau=kα​, may then leave if

qαβ<0and−pαqαβ=min⁡{−piqiβ:qiβ<0}.(5.3)q_{\alpha\beta}<0\quad\text{and}\quad-\frac{p_\alpha}{q_{\alpha\beta}}=\min\Bigl\{-\frac{p_i}{q_{i\beta}}: q_{i\beta}<0\Bigr\}.\tag{5.3}qαβ​<0and−qαβ​pα​​=min{−qiβ​pi​​:qiβ​<0}.(5.3)

The pivot step replaces BBB by B′=(B∖{u})∪{v}B'=(B\setminus\{u\})\cup\{v\}B′=(B∖{u})∪{v}. Bland's rule takes the entering variable of smallest index among those with rβ>0r_\beta>0rβ​>0, and the leaving variable of smallest index among those satisfying (5.3).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.8.1 (p. 73)

There is no infinite sequence of bases

B0→B1→B2→⋯B_0\to B_1\to B_2\to\cdotsB0​→B1​→B2​→⋯

in which each Bt+1B_{t+1}Bt+1​ is obtained from the feasible basis BtB_tBt​ by a pivot step obeying Bland's rule. Since there are finitely many bases and a Bland step is determined by its starting basis, this is the book's "always finite; i.e., cycling is impossible".

Milestones

  1. Lemma 5.5.1 (p. 66): a feasible basis has exactly one simplex tableau, with Q=−AB−1ANQ=-A_B^{-1}A_NQ=−AB−1​AN​, p=AB−1bp=A_B^{-1}bp=AB−1​b, z0=cBTAB−1bz_0=c_B^TA_B^{-1}bz0​=cBT​AB−1​b, r=cN−(cBTAB−1AN)Tr=c_N-(c_B^TA_B^{-1}A_N)^Tr=cN​−(cBT​AB−1​AN​)T.
  2. Optimality criterion (§5.6, p. 67): if r≤0r\le0r≤0, the basic feasible solution of BBB is optimal.
  3. Lemma 5.6.1 (p. 68): a pivot step leads to a feasible basis; if no leaving variable exists, the program is unbounded along an explicit ray.
  4. Claim in the proof of Theorem 5.8.1 (p. 73): for any pivot rule, all bases of a cycle have the same basic feasible solution, and every variable that enters during the cycle is 000 in it.

Significance

With the optimality criterion and Lemma 5.6.1, Theorem 5.8.1 turns the simplex method into an algorithm: started from any feasible basis, it stops after finitely many pivot steps at an optimal basic feasible solution or with a ray certifying unboundedness. Combined with the auxiliary program of §5.6 for finding a first feasible basis, this yields a constructive proof that every feasible, bounded linear program has an optimal basic feasible solution, and the book remarks that the duality theorem follows easily. Bland's rule is also the model for later combinatorial anticycling rules in oriented matroid programming.

The theorem is classical and fully proved in the book. What the mission adds is a machine-checked version stated in the book's own tableau notation. On Prove2Me the simplex method is formalized in the Bertsimas–Tsitsiklis series (Introduction to Linear Optimization IV), for minimization with reduced costs, with termination proved under nondegeneracy and for the lexicographic rule; Bland's rule is not formalized there.

Difficulty

The obvious termination argument is that the objective value strictly increases at each step, so no basis repeats. That argument fails exactly at degenerate pivot steps, where the minimum in (5.3) is 000: the basis changes, the basic feasible solution and the objective value do not. Along a degenerate stretch the objective gives no progress measure, and for general pivot rules the method does cycle there. Any proof must therefore use the specific tie-breaking of Bland's rule, which is a statement about indices, not about values, and relate the tableaus of two different bases in the cycle to each other. Counting bases or tracking the objective value alone does not suffice.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin n → ℝ and the book's indices 1,…,n1,\dots,n1,…,n become 0,…,n−10,\dots,n-10,…,n−1. Bases are Finset (Fin n); the sorted enumerations k1<⋯<kmk_1<\dots<k_mk1​<⋯<km​ and ℓ1<⋯<ℓn−m\ell_1<\dots<\ell_{n-m}ℓ1​<⋯<ℓn−m​ are Finset.orderEmbOfFin, tableau rows are indexed by Fin m and nonbasic columns by Fin (n - m). Nonsingularity of ABA_BAB​ is IsUnit A_B.det, so the Mathlib inverse is the true inverse wherever it appears. The tableau parameters used by the pivot rules are the explicit formulas of Lemma 5.5.1; the tableau itself is also defined as in the book (same solution set) so that Lemma 5.5.1 is a genuine statement. "Smallest index" compares variable indices, not row positions. Optimality and unboundedness are stated against feasible points, not through a supremum. Every theorem assumes n≥mn\ge mn≥m and rank⁡A=m\operatorname{rank}A=mrankA=m, the standing assumption of §4.2.

A formalization in which any improving variable may enter proves a different, false statement, since cycling examples exist for such rules; the step relation here fixes both choices by Bland's rule. The step relation is not empty: it holds whenever the current tableau has a positive last-row coefficient and a negative entry in the entering column, so the goal is not vacuous.

The development needs basic linear algebra over Matrix, the uniqueness of basic feasible solutions, and bookkeeping for sorted index enumerations. Lemma 5.5.1 and Lemma 5.6.1 are reusable for any later formalization of the simplex method in this notation. Contributions are welcome for each milestone, for the cycle-form corollary, and for a sorry-free proof of the goal.

Selected references

  • J. Matoušek, B. Gärtner, Understanding and Using Linear Programming, Springer Universitext, 2007, Chapter 5. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-30717-4
  • R. G. Bland, New finite pivoting rules for the simplex method, Mathematics of Operations Research 2(2):103–107, 1977. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2.2.103
  • E. M. L. Beale, Cycling in the dual simplex algorithm, Naval Research Logistics Quarterly 2(4):269–275, 1955. https://doi.org/10.1002/nav.3800020407
  • D. Bertsimas, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Introduction to Linear Optimization, Athena Scientific, 1997, Chapter 3.
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Markov ChainNumerical AnalysisProbability+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Fundamentals of Queueing Theory X: Uniformization of Continuous-Time Markov ChainsTextbook

Motivation

Most Markovian queueing models have no closed-form transient solution. The M/M/1 queue already needs modified Bessel functions (Chapter 2 of the book), and a finite-capacity or multi-class model with state-dependent rates has no closed form at all. What an analyst can always write down is the system of forward equations p′(t)=p(t)Qp'(t)=p(t)Qp′(t)=p(t)Q for the state probabilities. Chapter 8 of Gross, Shortle, Thompson and Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory (4th ed., Wiley 2008, DOI 10.1002/9781118625651), presents two numerical techniques that turn such models into numbers: the randomization (or uniformization) method for the transient distribution of a finite continuous-time Markov chain, and the Fourier-series method for inverting a Laplace transform, as needed for the M/G/1 waiting-time transform (5.33) and the busy-period transform (5.37).

Uniformization goes back to Jensen (1953) and is the standard transient solver in performance-evaluation and reliability tools. Its appeal is that it replaces a matrix exponential, which is numerically delicate, by powers of a stochastic matrix weighted by Poisson probabilities, with an error bound that can be fixed before the computation starts (Grassmann 1977; Gross and Miller 1984). The Fourier-series method with Euler summation is due to Abate and Whitt (Abate and Whitt 1992; Abate, Choudhury and Whitt 1999).

Setting

A continuous-time Markov chain X(t)X(t)X(t) on the states {0,1,…,N}\{0,1,\dots,N\}{0,1,…,N} is described by its infinitesimal generator Q=(qij)Q=(q_{ij})Q=(qij​): for i≠ji\ne ji=j, qij≥0q_{ij}\ge0qij​≥0 is the rate of jumps from iii to jjj, and the diagonal entry is −qi-q_i−qi​ with

qi=∑j≠iqij,i=0,1,…,N.q_i=\sum_{j\ne i}q_{ij},\qquad i=0,1,\dots,N.qi​=j=i∑​qij​,i=0,1,…,N.

The transient state-probability vector p(t)=(p0(t),…,pN(t))p(t)=(p_0(t),\dots,p_N(t))p(t)=(p0​(t),…,pN​(t)), pn(t)=Pr⁡{X(t)=n}p_n(t)=\Pr\{X(t)=n\}pn​(t)=Pr{X(t)=n}, is the solution of the forward equations

p′(t)=p(t)Q(t≥0),p'(t)=p(t)Q\quad(t\ge0),p′(t)=p(t)Q(t≥0),

started from a given probability vector p(0)p(0)p(0). Fix a constant Λ>0\Lambda>0Λ>0 with Λ≥qi\Lambda\ge q_iΛ≥qi​ for every iii (the book takes Λ=max⁡iqi\Lambda=\max_i q_iΛ=maxi​qi​) and define the uniformized matrix

P~=QΛ+I,p~in={qin/Λ(i≠n),1−qi/Λ(i=n).\tilde P=\frac{Q}{\Lambda}+I,\qquad \tilde p_{in}=\begin{cases}q_{in}/\Lambda&(i\ne n),\\1-q_i/\Lambda&(i=n).\end{cases}P~=ΛQ​+I,p~​in​={qin​/Λ1−qi​/Λ​(i=n),(i=n).​

It is the transition matrix of a discrete-time chain YkY_kYk​: the state of XXX after the kkk-th event of a Poisson process of rate Λ\LambdaΛ that has been thinned. Write ϕ(k)=p(0)P~k\phi^{(k)}=p(0)\tilde P^{k}ϕ(k)=p(0)P~k for its distribution after kkk steps.

For the second half of the chapter, the Laplace transform of a real function fff on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) is fˉ(s)=∫0∞e−stf(t) dt\bar f(s)=\int_0^\infty e^{-st}f(t)\,dtfˉ​(s)=∫0∞​e−stf(t)dt, and the Fourier-series approximant with parameter AAA is

fA,n(t)=eA/22t[fˉ(A2t)+2∑k=1n(−1)k Re fˉ(A+2kπi2t)],f_{A,n}(t)=\frac{e^{A/2}}{2t}\Big[\bar f\Big(\frac{A}{2t}\Big)+2\sum_{k=1}^{n}(-1)^k\,\mathrm{Re}\,\bar f\Big(\frac{A+2k\pi i}{2t}\Big)\Big],fA,n​(t)=2teA/2​[fˉ​(2tA​)+2k=1∑n​(−1)kRefˉ​(2tA+2kπi​)],

with fA(t)=lim⁡n→∞fA,n(t)f_A(t)=\lim_{n\to\infty}f_{A,n}(t)fA​(t)=limn→∞​fA,n​(t).

Formalization targets

Goal: the randomization formula with its truncation bound (Eqs. (8.9)–(8.12))

The forward equations have a solution, and every solution satisfies, for all t≥0t\ge0t≥0,

p(t)=∑k=0∞p(0)P~(k) e−Λt(Λt)kk!,p(t)=\sum_{k=0}^{\infty}p(0)\tilde P^{(k)}\,\frac{e^{-\Lambda t}(\Lambda t)^k}{k!},p(t)=k=0∑∞​p(0)P~(k)k!e−Λt(Λt)k​,

and whenever ∑k=0Te−Λt(Λt)k/k!>1−ϵ\sum_{k=0}^{T}e^{-\Lambda t}(\Lambda t)^k/k!>1-\epsilon∑k=0T​e−Λt(Λt)k/k!>1−ϵ, every component of the sum truncated at k=Tk=Tk=T is within ϵ\epsilonϵ of pn(t)p_n(t)pn​(t).

Milestones

  1. Eq. (8.12): P~\tilde PP~ has the entries above and is a stochastic matrix.
  2. Eqs. (8.13)–(8.14): ϕ(k)=ϕ(k−1)P~\phi^{(k)}=\phi^{(k-1)}\tilde Pϕ(k)=ϕ(k−1)P~ and each ϕ(k)\phi^{(k)}ϕ(k) is a probability vector.
  3. p.385: ϕ=ϕP~  ⟺  0=ϕQ\phi=\phi\tilde P\iff0=\phi Qϕ=ϕP~⟺0=ϕQ.
  4. Eqs. (8.27)–(8.28): for bounded Lipschitz fff, A>0A>0A>0 and t>0t>0t>0,
fA(t)−f(t)=∑k=1∞e−kAf((2k+1)t),∣fA(t)−f(t)∣≤Ce−A1−e−A  if ∣f(x)∣≤C for x>3t.f_A(t)-f(t)=\sum_{k=1}^{\infty}e^{-kA}f\big((2k+1)t\big),\qquad |f_A(t)-f(t)|\le\frac{Ce^{-A}}{1-e^{-A}}\ \text{ if } |f(x)|\le C \text{ for } x>3t.fA​(t)−f(t)=k=1∑∞​e−kAf((2k+1)t),∣fA​(t)−f(t)∣≤1−e−ACe−A​  if ∣f(x)∣≤C for x>3t.

The mission also contains Eqs. (8.7)–(8.8) as a further theorem, outside the milestone list: the transition probabilities satisfy pin(t)=∑kp~in(k)e−Λt(Λt)k/k!p_{in}(t)=\sum_k\tilde p^{(k)}_{in}e^{-\Lambda t}(\Lambda t)^k/k!pin​(t)=∑k​p~​in(k)​e−Λt(Λt)k/k!, and pn(t)=∑ipi(0)pin(t)p_n(t)=\sum_i p_i(0)p_{in}(t)pn​(t)=∑i​pi​(0)pin​(t).

Significance

The randomization formula reduces the transient analysis of any finite Markovian queue (finite-buffer, multi-server, with balking, reneging or state-dependent rates) to repeated vector–matrix products with a sparse stochastic matrix. The truncation point is chosen from a Poisson tail alone, independently of QQQ. Milestone 3 shows that the same matrix gives the stationary equations, so one iteration serves both transient and steady-state computation. The discretization identity (8.27) is what justifies the parameter choice in Algorithm 8.1: the error decays like e−Ae^{-A}e−A.

All of these results are classical and proved in the literature. None of them is formalized in Lean or Mathlib as far as a search of the platform and Mathlib shows. Mathlib has the matrix exponential and Poisson summation under decay hypotheses, but no continuous-time Markov chain generators, no uniformization, and no Laplace transform. This mission would add the finite-state link between generators, stochastic matrices and matrix exponentials that later chapters of queueing and reliability theory use, and a verified error formula for a numerical inversion method in wide use.

Difficulty

The book's derivation is probabilistic: it conditions on the number of events of the Poisson(Λ\LambdaΛ) process and thins them. A formal statement cannot rest on that picture, because p(t)p(t)p(t) is defined analytically, by the forward equations. The goal therefore contains a uniqueness statement for a linear ODE on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with one-sided derivative at 000, which the book never mentions. The componentwise bound then needs P~\tilde PP~ to be stochastic, so that every ϕn(k)\phi^{(k)}_nϕn(k)​ lies in [0,1][0,1][0,1]. That is exactly where Λ≥max⁡iqi\Lambda\ge\max_i q_iΛ≥maxi​qi​ is used; with a smaller Λ\LambdaΛ the matrix P~\tilde PP~ has negative diagonal entries and the bound fails.

For (8.27), the book gives no proof. The identity is an aliasing (Poisson-summation) formula for a periodic function assembled from the values of fff at all odd multiples of ttt. The convergence of the conditionally summed series (8.24) is the delicate point: continuity of fff at ttt, the book's only hypothesis, does not guarantee convergence of a Fourier series. Mathlib's Poisson summation theorems require decay of the Fourier transform that the damped, reflected function built from fff does not have.

Formalization scope

  • States are Fin (N+1); a row vector is Fin (N+1) → ℝ; pQpQpQ is vecMul. A generator is a real matrix with nonnegative off-diagonal entries and diagonal −∑j≠iqij-\sum_{j\ne i}q_{ij}−∑j=i​qij​.
  • p(t)p(t)p(t) is not defined as the series. It is any function with p(0)=p0p(0)=p_0p(0)=p0​ and one-sided derivative p(t)Qp(t)Qp(t)Q within [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) at every t≥0t\ge0t≥0. The goal also asserts that such a function exists, so it cannot hold vacuously, and it asserts the series identity for every solution. Defining p(t)p(t)p(t) as the series (8.9) would make the goal a tautology and is ruled out.
  • Λ\LambdaΛ is any real with Λ>0\Lambda>0Λ>0 and Λ≥qi\Lambda\ge q_iΛ≥qi​ for all iii (the book takes equality with max⁡iqi\max_i q_imaxi​qi​).
  • The truncation bound is stated componentwise, as on p.384 ("an error bound on pn(t)p_n(t)pn​(t) of ϵ\epsilonϵ"), for an arbitrary real ϵ\epsilonϵ and truncation point TTT.
  • The series (8.8), (8.9) are stated with HasSum, so convergence is part of the claim.
  • The Laplace transform is the Lebesgue integral over (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞) at a complex argument. fA(t)f_A(t)fA​(t) is the limit of the partial sums fA,n(t)f_{A,n}(t)fA,n​(t), and the convergence is part of milestone 4.
  • Strengthened hypotheses in milestone 4: fff bounded and Lipschitz on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) replaces "ttt is a continuity point of fff", which is not sufficient for convergence.
  • Corrected misprints: e−λte^{-\lambda t}e−λt in (8.9) is e−Λte^{-\Lambda t}e−Λt; qij/Λq_{ij}/\Lambdaqij​/Λ in (8.12) is qin/Λq_{in}/\Lambdaqin​/Λ; ϕ(Q/Λ−I)\phi(Q/\Lambda-I)ϕ(Q/Λ−I) on p.385 is ϕ(Q/Λ+I)\phi(Q/\Lambda+I)ϕ(Q/Λ+I).
  • Not formalized: Theorem 8.1 (Bromwich inversion) and the real form (8.21), which the book states without hypotheses on fff; the limit claim lim⁡kϕ(k)=lim⁡tp(t)\lim_k\phi^{(k)}=\lim_t p(t)limk​ϕ(k)=limt​p(t) on p.385, which fails when P~\tilde PP~ is periodic; the Euler-summation approximation (8.26) and the round-off discussion, which are stated with "≈".

Useful infrastructure: the matrix exponential and its derivative (Matrix, NormedSpace.exp), uniqueness for linear ODEs (Grönwall), Fourier series on the circle, and a reusable Laplace transform file. Contributions of general lemmas on generators and stochastic matrices are welcome, as they apply to every finite Markovian model in the series.

Selected references

  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley, 2008, §§8.1.2–8.2. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118625651
  • A. Jensen, "Markoff chains as an aid in the study of Markoff processes", Skandinavisk Aktuarietidskrift 36 (1953) 87–91.
  • W. K. Grassmann, "Transient solutions in Markovian queueing systems", Computers & Operations Research 4 (1977) 47–53.
  • D. Gross, D. R. Miller, "The randomization technique as a modeling tool and solution procedure for transient Markov processes", Operations Research 32 (1984) 343–361. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.32.2.343
  • J. Abate, W. Whitt, "The Fourier-series method for inverting transforms of probability distributions", Queueing Systems 10 (1992) 5–87. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01158520
  • J. Abate, G. L. Choudhury, W. Whitt, "An introduction to numerical transform inversion and its application to probability models", in W. Grassmann (ed.), Computational Probability, Kluwer, 1999, 257–323.
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Numerical Techniques for Stochastic Optimization IV: Nonstationary Optimization and a Convergence Criterion for Nonmonotone SequencesTextbook

Motivation

Many stochastic and nondifferentiable optimization problems are not solved by minimizing their true objective f0f^0f0 directly: f0f^0f0 may be nonsmooth, an expectation that cannot be evaluated, or only approximately known. A standard remedy replaces f0f^0f0 by a sequence of "good" approximations F0(⋅,s)F^0(\cdot, s)F0(⋅,s) (smoothed versions, sample averages, perturbations) that converge to f0f^0f0, and runs one step of a descent method on the current approximation at every iteration. Approximation and optimization then proceed simultaneously. More generally, in nonstationary optimization the objective F0(⋅,s)F^0(\cdot, s)F0(⋅,s) and the feasible set XsX_sXs​ change with the iteration number sss, and the iterates xsx^sxs are required to follow the time path of the optimal solutions,

lim⁡s→∞[F0(xs,s)−min⁡{F0(x,s)∣x∈Xs}]=0.\lim_{s\to\infty}\bigl[F^0(x^s, s) - \min\{F^0(x, s) \mid x \in X_s\}\bigr] = 0 .s→∞lim​[F0(xs,s)−min{F0(x,s)∣x∈Xs​}]=0.

Such procedures are essentially nonmonotone: a step on F0(⋅,s)F^0(\cdot, s)F0(⋅,s) gives no guarantee of decrease of F0(⋅,t)F^0(\cdot, t)F0(⋅,t) for t≥s+1t \ge s+1t≥s+1, nor of f0f^0f0. Their convergence therefore cannot be proved by the usual monotone Lyapunov argument. Section 6.4 of Yu. Ermoliev's chapter "Stochastic Quasigradient Methods" in Ermoliev & Wets (eds.), Numerical Techniques for Stochastic Optimization (Springer 1988), gives the basic deterministic convergence theorem for this setting (Theorem 6.3) and the convergence criterion for nonmonotone sequences on which its proof rests (Theorem 6.4, taken from Ermoliev's 1976 monograph; the chapter compares its conditions with Zangwill's necessary and sufficient convergence conditions).

Timeline, as recorded in the chapter's bibliography (pp. 180–181): Ermoliev and Nurminski introduced limit extremal problems, in which F0(⋅,s)F^0(\cdot, s)F0(⋅,s) and XsX_sXs​ both converge ("Limit extremal problems", Kibernetika 1973, [14]); Nurminski gave convergence conditions for stochastic programming algorithms (Kibernetika 1973, [11]); Gupal treated time-varying functions (Kibernetika 1974, [15]); Ermoliev's monograph Stochastic Programming Methods (Nauka, 1976, [5]) contains the criterion stated here as Theorem 6.4 (p. 181); Nurminski formulated the general problem of nonstationary optimization (Kibernetika 1977, [16]); and Gaivoronski proved convergence of stochastic nonstationary procedures (Kibernetika 1978, [19]), the source of the chapter's Theorem 6.5.

Setting

Throughout, points are vectors of Rn\mathbb R^nRn with the Euclidean norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ and inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩.

  • The projection onto a nonempty closed convex set X⊆RnX \subseteq \mathbb R^nX⊆Rn is πX(y)=arg⁡min⁡{∥y−x∥2:x∈X}\pi_X(y) = \arg\min\{\|y - x\|^2 : x \in X\}πX​(y)=argmin{∥y−x∥2:x∈X}, the unique nearest point of XXX to yyy.
  • A subgradient of a convex function F:Rn→RF : \mathbb R^n \to \mathbb RF:Rn→R at xxx is a vector ggg with F(y)≥F(x)+⟨g,y−x⟩F(y) \ge F(x) + \langle g, y - x\rangleF(y)≥F(x)+⟨g,y−x⟩ for all yyy. The book writes Fx0(x,s)F^0_x(x, s)Fx0​(x,s) for a subgradient of F0(⋅,s)F^0(\cdot, s)F0(⋅,s) at xxx.
  • The nonstationary projected subgradient method (6.41) starts from any x0∈Rnx^0 \in \mathbb R^nx0∈Rn and sets
xs+1=πX[xs−ρsgs],gs a subgradient of F0(⋅,s) at xs,s=0,1,…x^{s+1} = \pi_X\bigl[x^s - \rho_s g_s\bigr], \qquad g_s \text{ a subgradient of } F^0(\cdot, s) \text{ at } x^s,\quad s = 0, 1, \dotsxs+1=πX​[xs−ρs​gs​],gs​ a subgradient of F0(⋅,s) at xs,s=0,1,…

with step sizes ρs≥0\rho_s \ge 0ρs​≥0.

  • For a closed set X∗X^*X∗ (in the application, the set of minimizers of f0f^0f0 on XXX) and a sequence (xs)(x^s)(xs), the exit time from the ε\varepsilonε-ball around xskx^{s_k}xsk​ is τk=min⁡{s≥sk:∥xs−xsk∥>ε}\tau_k = \min\{s \ge s_k : \|x^s - x^{s_k}\| > \varepsilon\}τk​=min{s≥sk​:∥xs−xsk​∥>ε}.
  • The Lyapunov function of the proof is V(x)=min⁡x∗∈X∗∥x∗−x∥2V(x) = \min_{x^* \in X^*}\|x^* - x\|^2V(x)=minx∗∈X∗​∥x∗−x∥2, the squared distance to X∗X^*X∗.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.3 (pp. 153–154)

Let F0(⋅,s)F^0(\cdot, s)F0(⋅,s) and f0f^0f0 be convex continuous on Rn\mathbb R^nRn, XXX a nonempty convex compact set, F0(⋅,s)→f0F^0(\cdot, s) \to f^0F0(⋅,s)→f0 uniformly on XXX, ∥gs∥≤C\|g_s\| \le C∥gs​∥≤C, ρs≥0\rho_s \ge 0ρs​≥0, ρs→0\rho_s \to 0ρs​→0 and ∑sρs=∞\sum_s \rho_s = \infty∑s​ρs​=∞. Then the iterates of (6.41) satisfy

F0(xs,s)⟶min⁡{f0(x)∣x∈X}(s→∞).F^0(x^s, s) \longrightarrow \min\{f^0(x) \mid x \in X\} \qquad (s \to \infty).F0(xs,s)⟶min{f0(x)∣x∈X}(s→∞).

The statement fixes no rate and no constant: only the qualitative limit, which is what the book proves.

Milestones

  1. p. 155 — the one-step recursion V(xs+1)≤V(xs)+2ρs⟨gs,x∗(s)−xs⟩+ρs2∥gs∥2V(x^{s+1}) \le V(x^s) + 2\rho_s\langle g_s, x^*(s) - x^s\rangle + \rho_s^2\|g_s\|^2V(xs+1)≤V(xs)+2ρs​⟨gs​,x∗(s)−xs⟩+ρs2​∥gs​∥2, with x∗(s)x^*(s)x∗(s) a point of X∗X^*X∗ nearest to xsx^sxs.
  2. p. 156 — the travel bound ∥xb−xa∥≤∑s=ab−1∥xs+1−xs∥≤C∑s=ab−1ρs\|x^b - x^a\| \le \sum_{s=a}^{b-1}\|x^{s+1} - x^s\| \le C\sum_{s=a}^{b-1}\rho_s∥xb−xa∥≤∑s=ab−1​∥xs+1−xs∥≤C∑s=ab−1​ρs​ along (6.41) once xa∈Xx^a \in Xxa∈X.
  3. p. 155 — conditions (1) and (2)(a) of Theorem 6.4 for (6.41): the iterates stay in a compact set and ∥xs+1−xs∥→0\|x^{s+1} - x^s\| \to 0∥xs+1−xs∥→0.
  4. Theorem 6.4 (p. 155) — if X∗X^*X∗ is closed, (xs)(x^s)(xs) lies in a compact set, steps vanish along subsequences converging into X∗X^*X∗, the sequence leaves every small ball around a subsequential limit outside X∗X^*X∗, and it leaves with a strictly lower value of a continuous VVV that takes countably many values on X∗X^*X∗, then V(xs)V(x^s)V(xs) converges and all accumulation points lie in X∗X^*X∗.
  5. pp. 155–156 — conditions (2)(b) and (3) of Theorem 6.4 for (6.41) with X∗=arg⁡min⁡Xf0X^* = \arg\min_X f^0X∗=argminX​f0 and V=dist⁡(⋅,X∗)2V = \operatorname{dist}(\cdot, X^*)^2V=dist(⋅,X∗)2:
lim sup⁡k→∞V(xτk)<lim⁡k→∞V(xsk).\limsup_{k\to\infty} V(x^{\tau_k}) < \lim_{k\to\infty} V(x^{s_k}).k→∞limsup​V(xτk​)<k→∞lim​V(xsk​).

Significance

Theorem 6.3 is the prototype of the convergence results for simultaneous optimization and approximation. It covers smoothing schemes in which f0f^0f0 is replaced by F0(x,s)=Ef0(x+h(s))F^0(x, s) = \mathbb E f^0(x + h(s))F0(x,s)=Ef0(x+h(s)) with a vanishing perturbation h(s)h(s)h(s) (the chapter's (6.39)–(6.40)), penalty and regularization sequences, and the deterministic skeleton of stochastic nonstationary methods such as Theorem 6.5. Theorem 6.4 is reusable well beyond this mission: it is a general tool for proving that accumulation points of a nonmonotone algorithm are solutions; the chapter introduces it as the tool for "essentially nonmonotonic solution procedures" in general.

Both results are classical and proved (Theorem 6.3 in the chapter itself, Theorem 6.4 in Ermoliev's 1976 monograph, whose proof the chapter cites but does not reproduce). No machine-checked proof of either is known to the platform's catalogue (searches for nonstationary optimization, Zangwill-type criteria and nonmonotone convergence return no match). The formalization adds a Lean statement and proof of a nonmonotone convergence criterion, a Lean proof of convergence for projected subgradient steps on a changing objective, and reusable facts about Euclidean projection onto a convex compact set.

Difficulty

The obvious argument for projected subgradient methods tracks V(xs)=dist⁡(xs,X∗)2V(x^s) = \operatorname{dist}(x^s, X^*)^2V(xs)=dist(xs,X∗)2 and shows that it decreases whenever xsx^sxs is far from X∗X^*X∗. Here that argument fails at two points. First, the subgradient is taken on F0(⋅,s)F^0(\cdot, s)F0(⋅,s), not on f0f^0f0, so the decrease of VVV holds only up to an error controlled by sup⁡X∣F0(⋅,s)−f0∣\sup_X|F^0(\cdot, s) - f^0|supX​∣F0(⋅,s)−f0∣, and only while the iterate stays away from X∗X^*X∗; near X∗X^*X∗, VVV may increase. Second, a decrease of VVV over each excursion does not by itself exclude "cycling": the sequence may visit every neighbourhood of a point x′∉X∗x' \notin X^*x′∈/X∗ infinitely often. Theorem 6.4 is formulated in terms of exit times and subsequences rather than single steps for this reason, and its hypothesis that VVV takes only countably many values on X∗X^*X∗ is what separates it from a monotone-descent statement.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); sequences are indexed by ℕ from s=0s = 0s=0 as in the book. The iteration (6.41) is a hypothesis on a given sequence, x (s+1) = projX X (x s - ρ s • g s), with a given selection of subgradients g s; the subgradient inequality is required on all of Rn\mathbb R^nRn, and F0(⋅,s)F^0(\cdot, s)F0(⋅,s), f0f^0f0 are convex and continuous on all of Rn\mathbb R^nRn.
  • projX X y is a minimizer of ∥y−x∥2\|y - x\|^2∥y−x∥2 over XXX (junk value yyy when none exists; every statement assumes XXX nonempty, closed and convex). optimalSet f X is the set of minimizers of fff on XXX; VVV is Metric.infDist · X* ^ 2.
  • Added hypotheses the page does not print: ρs≥0\rho_s \ge 0ρs​≥0 (step sizes are nonnegative throughout the chapter) and X≠∅X \ne \varnothingX=∅ (the minimum over XXX must exist). The limit min⁡Xf0\min_X f^0minX​f0 is written sInf (f '' X); ∑sρs=∞\sum_s\rho_s = \infty∑s​ρs​=∞ is divergence of the partial sums.
  • Constants. The only unspecified constant is the CCC of the travel bound on p. 156 ("where CCC is a constant"); the proof yields CCC = the bound of hypothesis (d), ∥gs∥≤C\|g_s\| \le C∥gs​∥≤C, and that is the constant in milestone 2. All other results are qualitative.
  • Corrections of the page. (i) Theorem 6.4 (2)(b) is printed as "τk=min⁡{s∣s≥sk,∥xsk−xs∥<ε}>∞\tau_k = \min\{s \mid s \ge s_k, \|x^{s_k} - x^s\| < \varepsilon\} > \inftyτk​=min{s∣s≥sk​,∥xsk​−xs∥<ε}>∞", which no sequence satisfies; following the proof of Theorem 6.3 it is read as: τk=min⁡{s≥sk:∥xs−xsk∥>ε}\tau_k = \min\{s \ge s_k : \|x^s - x^{s_k}\| > \varepsilon\}τk​=min{s≥sk​:∥xs−xsk​∥>ε} is finite. "For ε\varepsilonε sufficiently small and for any sks_ksk​" is read as "there is ε0>0\varepsilon_0 > 0ε0​>0 such that for all ε∈(0,ε0)\varepsilon \in (0,\varepsilon_0)ε∈(0,ε0​) and all kkk", and condition (3) is imposed for the same ε\varepsilonε. (ii) The left limit in (3) is read as lim sup⁡\limsuplimsup (the proof prints lim⁡‾\overline{\lim}lim); the right limit is V(x′)V(x')V(x′). (iii) The display on p. 155 prints "===" where the projection gives "≤\le≤". (iv) The proof on p. 155 prints "xsk→x′∈X∗x^{s_k} \to x' \in X^*xsk​→x′∈X∗" where x′∉X∗x' \notin X^*x′∈/X∗ is meant.
  • Theorem 6.5 (the stochastic version, p. 156) is not formalized: the chapter states it without proof, citing [19], its moment hypothesis E∥ξ0(s)∥<constE\|\xi^0(s)\| < \mathrm{const}E∥ξ0(s)∥<const and the measurability of the random step sizes ρs\rho_sρs​ are not pinned down on the page, and it is not used by Theorem 6.3.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the goal is about the iteration (6.41) itself, not a statement that assumes xs→X∗x^s \to X^*xs→X∗ and derives the limit of the values, and no hypothesis forces the sequence or the functions to be constant.
  • Contributions welcome: properties of projX (existence, uniqueness, nonexpansiveness, the obtuse-angle characterization), a proof of Theorem 6.4, and the two proof steps on pp. 155–156.

Selected references

  • Yu. Ermoliev, "Stochastic Quasigradient Methods", in Yu. Ermoliev and R. J-B Wets (eds.), Numerical Techniques for Stochastic Optimization, Springer Series in Computational Mathematics 10, Springer 1988, Ch. 6, pp. 141–185 (§6.4, pp. 152–156). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-61370-8
  • Yu. M. Ermoliev, Stochastic Programming Methods (in Russian), Nauka, Moscow, 1976 (the chapter's [5]; Theorem 6.4 is on p. 181).
  • Yu. M. Ermoliev and E. A. Nurminski, "Limit extremal problems", Kibernetika 1 (1973) (the chapter's [14]).
  • E. A. Nurminski, "Convergence conditions of algorithms of stochastic programming", Kibernetika 3 (1973) (the chapter's [11]).
  • E. A. Nurminski, "The problem of nonstationary optimization", Kibernetika 2 (1977) (the chapter's [16]).
  • A. A. Gaivoronski, "Nonstationary stochastic programming problems", Kibernetika 4 (1978) (the chapter's [19]).
  • W. I. Zangwill, Nonlinear Programming: A Unified Approach, Prentice-Hall, 1969.
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsGraph TheoryOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Project Scheduling with Time Windows and Scarce Resources II: A Time-Feasible Strict Order Is Feasible iff It Breaks Up Every Minimal Forbidden SetTextbook

Motivation

Resource-constrained project scheduling asks for start times of the activities of a project so that prescribed time lags between activities are respected and, at every moment, the activities in progress do not require more of any renewable resource (staff, machines, reactors) than is available. When the time lags include maximum time lags (deadlines relative to other activities), even finding a feasible schedule is NP-hard, and the feasible region is in general neither convex nor connected. Branch-and-bound methods for this problem (the problem PS∣temp∣Cmax⁡PS|temp|C_{\max}PS∣temp∣Cmax​ in the notation of Neumann, Schwindt & Zimmermann) do not search over schedules directly. They search over strict orders of the activities, that is, over sets of precedence constraints "jjj starts after iii has finished".

This mission formalizes the theory behind that search, as developed by Bartusch, Möhring & Radermacher (1988) and presented in §2.3 of Neumann, Schwindt & Zimmermann, Project Scheduling with Time Windows and Scarce Resources (2nd ed., Springer 2003). Its goal, Theorem 2.3.10, says when a strict order resolves every resource conflict.

Setting

A project has activities V={0,1,…,n+1}V = \{0, 1, \dots, n+1\}V={0,1,…,n+1}, where 000 and n+1n+1n+1 are fictitious activities marking the project's start and completion and 1,…,n1, \dots, n1,…,n are the real activities (n≥1n \ge 1n≥1). Activity iii has duration pi∈Z≥0p_i \in \mathbb Z_{\ge 0}pi​∈Z≥0​, with p0=pn+1=0p_0 = p_{n+1} = 0p0​=pn+1​=0 and pi>0p_i > 0pi​>0 for real activities. Time lags are encoded in the project network NNN: an arc ⟨i,j⟩∈E\langle i, j\rangle \in E⟨i,j⟩∈E with integer weight δij\delta_{ij}δij​ imposes Sj−Si≥δijS_j - S_i \ge \delta_{ij}Sj​−Si​≥δij​. The book's standing assumptions give, for every node iii, a path from 000 to iii of nonnegative length and a path from iii to n+1n+1n+1 of length at least pip_ipi​.

A schedule is a vector S∈Rn+2S \in \mathbb R^{n+2}S∈Rn+2 with S0=0S_0 = 0S0​=0 and Si≥0S_i \ge 0Si​≥0. It is time-feasible if Sj−Si≥δijS_j - S_i \ge \delta_{ij}Sj​−Si​≥δij​ for all arcs. The set of time-feasible schedules is ST\mathcal S_TST​.

Each renewable resource k∈Rk \in \mathcal Rk∈R has a capacity RkR_kRk​, and activity iii uses rik≤Rkr_{ik} \le R_krik​≤Rk​ units of it while in progress, with r0k=rn+1,k=0r_{0k} = r_{n+1,k} = 0r0k​=rn+1,k​=0. The active set at time ttt is A(S,t)={i∣Si≤t<Si+pi}\mathcal A(S,t) = \{ i \mid S_i \le t < S_i + p_i\}A(S,t)={i∣Si​≤t<Si​+pi​}, and SSS is resource-feasible if ∑i∈A(S,t)rik≤Rk\sum_{i \in \mathcal A(S,t)} r_{ik} \le R_k∑i∈A(S,t)​rik​≤Rk​ for all kkk and all t≥0t \ge 0t≥0. The feasible region S\mathcal SS consists of the schedules that are both time-feasible and resource-feasible.

A strict order O⊆V×VO \subseteq V \times VO⊆V×V is an asymmetric, transitive relation. Its order polyhedron is

ST(O)={S∈ST∣Sj≥Si+pi for all (i,j)∈O}.\mathcal S_T(O) = \{ S \in \mathcal S_T \mid S_j \ge S_i + p_i \ \text{for all } (i,j) \in O\}.ST​(O)={S∈ST​∣Sj​≥Si​+pi​ for all (i,j)∈O}.

OOO is time-feasible if ST(O)≠∅\mathcal S_T(O) \ne \emptysetST​(O)=∅, and feasible if moreover ST(O)⊆S\mathcal S_T(O) \subseteq \mathcal SST​(O)⊆S. The order network N(O)N(O)N(O) adds to NNN, for each (i,j)∈O(i,j) \in O(i,j)∈O, an arc ⟨i,j⟩\langle i,j\rangle⟨i,j⟩ of weight pip_ipi​, or raises the weight of an existing arc to max⁡(δij,pi)\max(\delta_{ij}, p_i)max(δij​,pi​). A schedule SSS induces the strict order O(S)={(i,j)∣i≠j, Sj≥Si+pi}O(S) = \{(i,j) \mid i \ne j,\ S_j \ge S_i + p_i\}O(S)={(i,j)∣i=j, Sj​≥Si​+pi​}.

A set F⊆VF \subseteq VF⊆V is forbidden if ∑i∈Frik>Rk\sum_{i \in F} r_{ik} > R_k∑i∈F​rik​>Rk​ for some resource kkk. It is a minimal forbidden set if no proper subset of it is forbidden. F\mathcal FF denotes the set of minimal forbidden sets.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.3.10 (Bartusch et al. 1988)

For every time-feasible strict order OOO,

O feasible  ⟺  ∀F∈F ∃ i,j∈F: N(O) has a path from i to j of length≥pi.O \text{ feasible} \iff \forall F \in \mathcal F\ \exists\, i, j \in F:\ N(O) \text{ has a path from } i \text{ to } j \text{ of length} \ge p_i .O feasible⟺∀F∈F ∃i,j∈F: N(O) has a path from i to j of length≥pi​.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 2.3.3. A strict order OOO is time-feasible if and only if N(O)N(O)N(O) has no cycle of positive length.
  2. Bartusch et al.'s criterion (quoted in the proof of Theorem 2.3.10). A schedule SSS is resource-feasible if and only if every F∈FF \in \mathcal FF∈F contains distinct i,ji, ji,j with Sj≥Si+piS_j \ge S_i + p_iSj​≥Si​+pi​.
  3. Proposition 2.3.6. For time-feasible SSS, the strict order O(S)O(S)O(S) is feasible if and only if S∈SS \in \mathcal SS∈S.
  4. Theorem 2.3.7. S=⋃O∈OST(O)\mathcal S = \bigcup_{O \in \mathcal O} \mathcal S_T(O)S=⋃O∈O​ST​(O), where O\mathcal OO is the finite set of inclusion-minimal feasible strict orders.
  5. Remark 2.3.11. A time-feasible schedule partitions FFF if and only if every A(S,t)∩F\mathcal A(S,t) \cap FA(S,t)∩F, t≥0t \ge 0t≥0, is feasible. A time-feasible order is feasible if and only if it breaks up all (equivalently, all minimal) forbidden sets. A time-feasible schedule is feasible if and only if it partitions all forbidden sets.

Significance

Theorem 2.3.10 turns the feasibility of a strict order, which is a statement about infinitely many schedules and all times ttt, into a finite check: one longest-path computation in N(O)N(O)N(O) for each minimal forbidden set. Together with Proposition 2.3.3 and the structural Theorem 2.3.7, it shows that S\mathcal SS is a finite union of polyhedra indexed by feasible strict orders. This justifies the enumeration schemes of Chapter 2 of the book (branching on the pairs that break up a minimal forbidden set) and the notions of active and stable schedules developed in later sections.

All results in this mission are proved in the literature. For the resource-feasibility criterion, the book cites Bartusch et al. (1988) instead of proving it. To our knowledge, none of these results has been machine-checked. A formal development would give a verified foundation for the order-based description of the feasible region, on which later missions of this series (active schedules, delaying modes, stable schedules) build.

Difficulty

The sufficiency half of the goal is short once the criterion is available: a path of length ≥pi\ge p_i≥pi​ in N(O)N(O)N(O) forces Sj≥Si+piS_j \ge S_i + p_iSj​≥Si​+pi​ on the whole order polyhedron. The necessity half carries the content. If for some minimal forbidden set FFF no path in N(O)N(O)N(O) between elements of FFF reaches the required length, one must construct a schedule in ST(O)\mathcal S_T(O)ST​(O) in which all activities of FFF are simultaneously in progress. This means adding the reverse constraints Sj−Si<piS_j - S_i < p_iSj​−Si​<pi​ for all i,j∈Fi, j \in Fi,j∈F to the temporal system without creating a cycle of positive length, while keeping S0=0S_0 = 0S0​=0 and S≥0S \ge 0S≥0. The obvious reading "no single arc gives a precedence, so they can overlap" fails because maximum time lags combine into long paths through activities outside FFF. The standing assumption that every node is reachable from 000 by a path of nonnegative length is needed here: without it the equivalence is false.

Formalization scope

  • The activity set is Fin (n + 2): 0 is the project start and Fin.last (n + 1) the project completion. Durations and resource data are natural numbers, arc weights are integers, and start times are real numbers.
  • Strict orders are finite sets of pairs, Finset (Fin (n+2) × Fin (n+2)), required to be asymmetric and transitive.
  • Resource constraints hold for every t≥0t \ge 0t≥0. The book's (2.1.4) writes 0≤t≤dˉ0 \le t \le \bar d0≤t≤dˉ. In Chapter 2 schedules are not bounded by dˉ\bar ddˉ, and the book's proofs and Remark 2.3.11 use all t≥0t \ge 0t≥0. This is a convention of the whole series, not a strengthening.
  • A path is a walk (nodes may repeat) and its length is the sum of its arc weights. A cycle of positive length is a closed walk with at least one arc and positive length. For a time-feasible order, N(O)N(O)N(O) has no cycle of positive length. In that case "some path of length ≥pi\ge p_i≥pi​" coincides with the book's "longest path length ≥pi\ge p_i≥pi​", so no supremum over paths appears.
  • The standing assumptions of the book form a single predicate Project.StandingAssumptions, which is a hypothesis of every theorem: n≥1n \ge 1n≥1; p0=pn+1=0p_0 = p_{n+1} = 0p0​=pn+1​=0 and pi>0p_i > 0pi​>0 otherwise; no loops; r0k=rn+1,k=0r_{0k} = r_{n+1,k} = 0r0k​=rn+1,k​=0 and rik≤Rkr_{ik} \le R_krik​≤Rk​; and the two path conditions of p. 8.
  • Minimal forbidden sets and inclusion-minimal feasible orders use Mathlib's Minimal, taken among forbidden sets and among feasible strict orders respectively.
  • The goal is an equivalence, and both directions are required. Weakening it to sufficiency, or dropping the time-feasibility of OOO or the minimality of FFF, would change the theorem. Keeping the book's cut-off t≤dˉt \le \bar dt≤dˉ would also change it, because a schedule could then have an unresolved conflict after dˉ\bar ddˉ and still be called feasible.
  • Theorem 1.3.3 of Chapter 1 (a time-feasible schedule exists if and only if the network has no cycle of positive length) is needed for Proposition 2.3.3 and is restated here for N(O)N(O)N(O). Chapter 1's mission is drafted separately.
  • Useful infrastructure beyond this mission: longest-path potentials on integer-weighted digraphs without positive cycles (feasibility of difference constraints), and the walk and cycle API on Network. Contributions of this general lemma layer are welcome.

Selected references

  • K. Neumann, C. Schwindt, J. Zimmermann, Project Scheduling with Time Windows and Scarce Resources, 2nd ed., Springer, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-24800-2
  • M. Bartusch, R. H. Möhring, F. J. Radermacher, Scheduling project networks with resource constraints and time windows, Annals of Operations Research 16 (1988), 201–240. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02283745
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsDiscrete GeometryLinear Optimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Understanding and Using Linear Programming X: Pairwise Intersecting d-Intervals Have a Transversal of Size 2d²Textbook

Motivation

A basic question of combinatorial geometry asks when a family of sets can be pierced (or stabbed) by few points. For intervals on the real line the answer is classical: if every two of finitely many closed intervals intersect, one point meets all of them, namely the rightmost left endpoint. This is the one-dimensional case of Helly's theorem. The situation changes as soon as the sets are allowed to have holes. Unions of two intervals can intersect pairwise without any point being common to three of them, so no single point suffices, and it is not obvious that any bound depending only on the number of holes exists.

This mission formalizes the answer given in Section 8.6 of Matoušek and Gärtner's Understanding and Using Linear Programming (Springer, 2007): pairwise intersecting unions of ddd intervals can always be pierced by 2d22d^22d2 points. The section uses the result to illustrate a general method of combinatorics, in which a linear programming relaxation of a covering problem is bounded through LP duality and then rounded. The same scheme, a bound on the fractional transversal number followed by a rounding step, appears across discrete geometry and combinatorial optimization.

Timeline.

  • 1970: Gyárfás and Lehel prove that a bound depending only on ddd exists; their bound is exponential in ddd (A Helly-type problem in trees, in Combinatorial Theory and its Applications, North-Holland).
  • 1992: Alon and Kleitman solve the Hadwiger–Debrunner (p,q)(p,q)(p,q)-problem with a method combining fractional transversals and LP duality (Adv. Math. 96).
  • 1997: Kaiser proves the bound d2d^2d2 using algebraic topology (Discrete Comput. Geom. 18).
  • 1998: Alon gives the short LP-duality proof of the bound 2d22d^22d2 formalized here (Discrete Comput. Geom. 19).
  • 2001: Matoušek shows that the transversal number cannot in general be below a constant multiple of d2/log⁡dd^2/\log dd2/logd (Discrete Comput. Geom. 26).

Setting

Fix an integer d≥1d \ge 1d≥1. A ddd-interval is a union of ddd closed intervals on the real line,

J=[a1,b1]∪⋯∪[ad,bd],ak≤bk.J = [a_1,b_1] \cup \dots \cup [a_d,b_d], \qquad a_k \le b_k .J=[a1​,b1​]∪⋯∪[ad​,bd​],ak​≤bk​.

The numbers aka_kak​ and bkb_kbk​ are the endpoints of JJJ. A finite family J\mathcal JJ of ddd-intervals is pairwise intersecting if J1∩J2≠∅J_1 \cap J_2 \ne \emptysetJ1​∩J2​=∅ for all J1,J2∈JJ_1, J_2 \in \mathcal JJ1​,J2​∈J. A set XXX of real numbers is a transversal of J\mathcal JJ if every J∈JJ \in \mathcal JJ∈J contains a point of XXX.

More generally, for a finite set VVV and a system F\mathcal FF of subsets of VVV: a transversal is a set X⊆VX \subseteq VX⊆V meeting every member; the transversal number τ(F)\tau(\mathcal F)τ(F) is the smallest size of a transversal; a matching is a subsystem of pairwise disjoint members, and the matching number ν(F)\nu(\mathcal F)ν(F) is the largest size of a matching. The fractional transversal number τ∗(F)\tau^*(\mathcal F)τ∗(F) is the optimal value of the linear program

min⁡∑v∈Vxvs.t.∑v∈Fxv≥1 (F∈F), x≥0,\min \sum_{v\in V} x_v \quad \text{s.t.} \quad \sum_{v \in F} x_v \ge 1 \ (F \in \mathcal F),\ x \ge 0,minv∈V∑​xv​s.t.v∈F∑​xv​≥1 (F∈F), x≥0,

and the fractional matching number ν∗(F)\nu^*(\mathcal F)ν∗(F) is the optimal value of

max⁡∑F∈FyFs.t.∑F: v∈FyF≤1 (v∈V), y≥0.\max \sum_{F\in\mathcal F} y_F \quad \text{s.t.} \quad \sum_{F :\, v \in F} y_F \le 1 \ (v \in V),\ y \ge 0 .maxF∈F∑​yF​s.t.F:v∈F∑​yF​≤1 (v∈V), y≥0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8.6.1

J finite, pairwise intersecting family of d-intervals  ⟹  ∃X⊂R, ∣X∣≤2d2, X∩J≠∅  ∀J∈J.\mathcal J \text{ finite, pairwise intersecting family of } d\text{-intervals} \;\Longrightarrow\; \exists X \subset \mathbb R,\ |X| \le 2d^2,\ X \cap J \ne \emptyset \ \ \forall J \in \mathcal J .J finite, pairwise intersecting family of d-intervals⟹∃X⊂R, ∣X∣≤2d2, X∩J=∅  ∀J∈J.

This is the book's theorem with its constant 2d22d^22d2.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 8.6.2. If J1,…,JnJ_1,\dots,J_nJ1​,…,Jn​ (n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, repetitions allowed) are ddd-intervals with Ji∩Jj≠∅J_i \cap J_j \ne \emptysetJi​∩Jj​=∅ for all i,ji,ji,j, then some endpoint of some JiJ_iJi​ lies in at least n/2dn/2dn/2d of the JjJ_jJj​.
  2. §8.6, p. 182. For every finite set system with nonempty members,
ν(F)≤ν∗(F)=τ∗(F)≤τ(F).\nu(\mathcal F) \le \nu^*(\mathcal F) = \tau^*(\mathcal F) \le \tau(\mathcal F).ν(F)≤ν∗(F)=τ∗(F)≤τ(F).
  1. Lemma 8.6.3. If J\mathcal JJ is a finite pairwise intersecting family of ddd-intervals and PPP its set of endpoints, there are weights xp≥0x_p \ge 0xp​≥0, p∈Pp \in Pp∈P, with ∑p∈J∩Pxp≥1\sum_{p \in J \cap P} x_p \ge 1∑p∈J∩P​xp​≥1 for every J∈JJ \in \mathcal JJ∈J and ∑p∈Pxp≤2d\sum_{p\in P} x_p \le 2d∑p∈P​xp​≤2d.

Significance

The result. Theorem 8.6.1 shows that the piercing number of pairwise intersecting ddd-intervals is bounded by a function of ddd alone, and that this function is polynomial. The section also states, without proof, the extension τ(J)≤2d2 ν(J)\tau(\mathcal J) \le 2d^2\,\nu(\mathcal J)τ(J)≤2d2ν(J) for arbitrary finite families of ddd-intervals. Upper bounds of this kind feed into piercing and hitting-set questions for families with bounded "complexity", and the chain ν≤ν∗=τ∗≤τ\nu \le \nu^* = \tau^* \le \tauν≤ν∗=τ∗≤τ is the standard frame in which such bounds are proved.

Formalizing it. The theorem, both lemmas and the duality chain are proved in the literature and in the book. None of them is on the platform. The work consists of formalizing the book's proof: a double-counting argument, LP duality for the pair of fractional programs together with the rationality of an optimal basic solution, and a rounding step. The general-set-system milestone is reusable for any transversal problem, independent of ddd-intervals.

Difficulty

The obvious generalization of the one-dimensional argument fails: for d≥2d \ge 2d≥2 no point need be common to all members, so there is no single extremal endpoint to choose, and a greedy piercing procedure has no control over how many points it uses. The difficulty is to obtain a bound that does not depend on the size of the family. In the book's route the counting statement of Lemma 8.6.2 holds only for equal weights, while the fractional programs produce arbitrary real weights, and the passage between the two, as well as the passage from a fractional transversal of small total weight to an actual finite set of points, are the steps that need care.

Formalization scope

A ddd-interval is stored as data: two functions left, right : Fin d → ℝ with left k ≤ right k, together with the set toSet =⋃k[ak,bk]= \bigcup_k [a_k,b_k]=⋃k​[ak​,bk​]. Components are indexed 0,…,d−10,\dots,d-10,…,d−1. Endpoints are those of the given components, so they depend on the representation, as in the book's proofs. Families are Finsets of such data; Lemma 8.6.2 uses a Fin n-indexed sequence, since the proof of Lemma 8.6.3 applies it to a sequence with repetitions. The hypotheses d≥1d \ge 1d≥1 (the book's definition) and, in Lemma 8.6.2, n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 are explicit. The quantity n/2dn/2dn/2d is real division. Transversal sizes are cardinalities of a Finset ℝ bounded by 2d22d^22d2.

For set systems, VVV is a finite type and F\mathcal FF a Finset (Finset V) with nonempty members; without this assumption no transversal exists and both fractional programs degenerate. The numbers τ∗\tau^*τ∗ and ν∗\nu^*ν∗ are expressed through optimal feasible solutions, not as infima or suprema, so no junk value of an empty or unbounded set is involved. τ\tauτ is an sInf over N\mathbb NN that is attained under the nonemptiness assumption, and ν\nuν is a maximum over the finite family of matchings.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the pairwise-intersection hypothesis is satisfiable by nonempty families, the transversal is required to meet the actual sets JJJ, not a representation artifact, and the bound 2d22d^22d2 and 2d2d2d are the book's constants, not weakened ones.

Needed infrastructure: finite sums over Finset ℝ, LP duality for a finite primal–dual pair in inequality form (or a direct proof of the chain), rationality of an optimal vertex, and a left-to-right sweep over a sorted finite set of reals. Contributions of a general LP duality statement for set-system relaxations are welcome and reusable.

Selected references

  • J. Matoušek, B. Gärtner, Understanding and Using Linear Programming, Springer Universitext, 2007, §8.6. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-30717-4
  • N. Alon, Piercing d-intervals, Discrete Comput. Geom. 19 (1998) 333–334.
  • N. Alon, D. Kleitman, Piercing convex sets and the Hadwiger–Debrunner (p, q)-problem, Adv. Math. 96 (1992) 103–112.
  • T. Kaiser, Transversals of d-intervals, Discrete Comput. Geom. 18 (1997) 195–203.
  • J. Matoušek, Lower bounds on the transversal numbers of d-intervals, Discrete Comput. Geom. 26 (2001) 283–287.
  • A. Gyárfás, J. Lehel, A Helly-type problem in trees, in Combinatorial Theory and its Applications (P. Erdős, A. Rényi, V. T. Sós, eds.), North-Holland, 1970, 571–584.
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear OptimizationOptimizationRandom Matrix Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

Understanding and Using Linear Programming IX: Basis Pursuit Recovers Sparse Solutions Exactly iff the Kernel Misses the CrosspolytopeTextbook

Motivation

A deep-space probe sends a vector w∈Rkw\in\mathbb{R}^kw∈Rk encoded as z=Qw∈Rnz=Qw\in\mathbb{R}^nz=Qw∈Rn, and up to about 8% of the transmitted numbers may be corrupted arbitrarily. Section 8.5 of Matoušek and Gärtner's Understanding and Using Linear Programming (Springer 2007, DOI 10.1007/978-3-540-30717-4) shows that decoding reduces to finding a sparse solution of an underdetermined linear system Ax=bAx=bAx=b, and that under suitable conditions this sparse solution is found exactly by a single linear program. The same problem arises in signal processing (sparse representations in redundant wavelet dictionaries) and in computer tomography, and it is the core of what became known as compressed sensing.

Timeline, as recorded in the book's references:

  • 1999: Chen, Donoho and Saunders introduce basis pursuit, minimizing the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​-norm subject to Ax=bAx=bAx=b (SIAM J. Sci. Comput. 20).
  • 2005: Candès, Rudelson, Tao and Vershynin prove that for every α∈(0,1)\alpha\in(0,1)α∈(0,1) there is β(α)>0\beta(\alpha)>0β(α)>0 such that a random ⌊αn⌋×n\lfloor\alpha n\rfloor\times n⌊αn⌋×n matrix is exact for ⌊βn⌋\lfloor\beta n\rfloor⌊βn⌋-sparse vectors with probability exponentially close to 1 (FOCS 2005).
  • 2006: Donoho, via neighborliness of centrally symmetric polytopes, obtains the constants α=0.75\alpha=0.75α=0.75, β=0.08\beta=0.08β=0.08 used in the book, and shows that no ⌊0.75n⌋×n\lfloor 0.75n\rfloor\times n⌊0.75n⌋×n matrix is exact for r>0.25nr>0.25nr>0.25n when nnn is large (Discrete Comput. Geom. 35).
  • 2006: Linial and Novik prove further upper bounds showing that these existence results are asymptotically optimal (Discrete Comput. Geom. 36).

Setting

Let AAA be a real m×nm\times nm×n matrix with m<nm<nm<n and b∈Rmb\in\mathbb{R}^mb∈Rm. The support of x∈Rnx\in\mathbb{R}^nx∈Rn is supp⁡(x)={i:xi≠0}\operatorname{supp}(x)=\{i: x_i\ne 0\}supp(x)={i:xi​=0}. For an integer r≥0r\ge 0r≥0, a sparse solution of Ax=bAx=bAx=b is an xxx with Ax=bAx=bAx=b and ∣supp⁡(x)∣≤r|\operatorname{supp}(x)|\le r∣supp(x)∣≤r. The ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​-norm is ∥x∥1=∣x1∣+⋯+∣xn∣\|x\|_1=|x_1|+\dots+|x_n|∥x∥1​=∣x1​∣+⋯+∣xn​∣.

Basis pursuit is the optimization problem

(BP)minimize ∥x∥1  subject to x∈Rn, Ax=b,\text{(BP)}\qquad\text{minimize } \|x\|_1\ \text{ subject to } x\in\mathbb{R}^n,\ Ax=b,(BP)minimize ∥x∥1​  subject to x∈Rn, Ax=b,

which is equivalent to the linear program

(BP′)minimize u1+⋯+un  subject to Ax=b, −u≤x≤u, u≥0.\text{(BP}'\text{)}\qquad\text{minimize } u_1+\dots+u_n\ \text{ subject to } Ax=b,\ -u\le x\le u,\ u\ge 0 .(BP′)minimize u1​+⋯+un​  subject to Ax=b, −u≤x≤u, u≥0.

The matrix AAA is BP-exact for rrr if for every b∈Rmb\in\mathbb{R}^mb∈Rm: whenever Ax=bAx=bAx=b has a solution x~\tilde xx~ with at most rrr nonzero components, x~\tilde xx~ is the unique optimal solution of (BP). The crosspolytope is B1n={x:∥x∥1≤1}B^n_1=\{x:\|x\|_1\le 1\}B1n​={x:∥x∥1​≤1}, the kernel of AAA is L={x:Ax=0}L=\{x: Ax=0\}L={x:Ax=0}, and L+z={ℓ+z:ℓ∈L}L+z=\{\ell+z:\ell\in L\}L+z={ℓ+z:ℓ∈L}. For zzz with ∥z∥1=1\|z\|_1=1∥z∥1​=1, the cone at zzz is Cz={t(x−z):t≥0, x∈B1n}C_z=\{t(x-z): t\ge 0,\ x\in B^n_1\}Cz​={t(x−z):t≥0, x∈B1n​}, and LLL is good for zzz if (L+z)∩B1n={z}(L+z)\cap B^n_1=\{z\}(L+z)∩B1n​={z}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 8.5.4 (reformulation of BP-exactness)

For m<nm<nm<n and r≤mr\le mr≤m:

A is BP-exact for r  ⟺  ∀z∈Rn with ∥z∥1=1, ∣supp⁡(z)∣≤r:(L+z)∩B1n={z}.A \text{ is BP-exact for } r\iff \forall z\in\mathbb{R}^n\ \text{with}\ \|z\|_1=1,\ |\operatorname{supp}(z)|\le r:\quad (L+z)\cap B^n_1=\{z\}.A is BP-exact for r⟺∀z∈Rn with ∥z∥1​=1, ∣supp(z)∣≤r:(L+z)∩B1n​={z}.

This is the book's geometric characterization of exact recovery, and the statement on which the known probabilistic proofs are built.

Milestones

  1. Observation 8.5.1: Ax=bAx=bAx=b has at most one sparse solution for every bbb if and only if every 2r2r2r or fewer columns of AAA are linearly independent.
  2. The remark after it (p. 169): under m<nm<nm<n, that column condition forces m≥2rm\ge 2rm≥2r.
  3. Equivalence of (BP) and (BP′) (p. 170): in every optimal solution of (BP′), ui=∣xi∣u_i=|x_i|ui​=∣xi​∣; and xxx is optimal for (BP) iff (x,∣x∣)(x,|x|)(x,∣x∣) is optimal for (BP′).
  4. From the proof of Lemma 8.5.4 (p. 173): if Az=bAz=bAz=b, the solution set of Ax=bAx=bAx=b is exactly L+zL+zL+z.
  5. From "Intuition for BP-exactness" (p. 174): for ∥z∥1=1\|z\|_1=1∥z∥1​=1 and ∣supp⁡(z)∣≤r|\operatorname{supp}(z)|\le r∣supp(z)∣≤r, LLL is good for zzz iff L∩Cz={0}L\cap C_z=\{0\}L∩Cz​={0}.

Further draft item: Theorem 8.5.2

With m=⌊0.75n⌋m=\lfloor 0.75n\rfloorm=⌊0.75n⌋, r=⌊0.08n⌋r=\lfloor 0.08n\rfloorr=⌊0.08n⌋ and AAA an m×nm\times nm×n matrix of independent N(0,1)N(0,1)N(0,1) entries, there is a constant c>0c>0c>0 such that for every nnn

Pr⁡[A is BP-exact for r] ≥ 1−e−cm.\Pr[A \text{ is BP-exact for } r]\ \ge\ 1-e^{-cm}.Pr[A is BP-exact for r] ≥ 1−e−cm.

The book states this without proof. It is included as a separate theorem, not a milestone of the goal.

Significance

Lemma 8.5.4 converts an algorithmic property, that an ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ linear program returns a prescribed sparse vector for every right-hand side, into a purely geometric property of the kernel of AAA relative to the low-dimensional faces of the crosspolytope. With milestone 5 it becomes the statement that LLL avoids a finite family of cones, which is where union bounds over faces and estimates for random subspaces enter. Observation 8.5.1 separates what is information-theoretically possible (uniqueness of sparse solutions) from what is computationally achievable by linear programming; finding a sparse solution directly is NP-hard in general. Theorem 8.5.2 is the quantitative payoff: a fixed fraction of arbitrary gross errors can be corrected by solving one linear program.

All of these results are proved in the literature; Lemma 8.5.4, Observation 8.5.1 and the milestones are elementary, and Theorem 8.5.2 rests on Donoho's polytope-neighborliness analysis. The platform has a related formalization of Wainwright's restricted nullspace property (Theorem 7.8 of High-Dimensional Statistics, namespace HighDimStat.SparseLinear), which fixes a support set SSS rather than characterizing exactness for all rrr-sparse vectors through the crosspolytope. A machine-checked proof of Theorem 8.5.2 with the constants 0.750.750.75 and 0.080.080.08 is, to our knowledge, not available anywhere; it would require substantial Gaussian and high-dimensional geometry infrastructure.

Difficulty

For the goal and milestones the difficulty is bookkeeping, not ideas: the scaling between a sparse solution x~\tilde xx~ and the boundary point x~/∥x~∥1\tilde x/\|\tilde x\|_1x~/∥x~∥1​, the case x~=0\tilde x=0x~=0, and the fact that BP-exactness quantifies over all right-hand sides bbb while the geometric side quantifies over boundary points of the crosspolytope.

Theorem 8.5.2 is of a different order. A union bound over the (nr)2r\binom{n}{r}2^r(rn​)2r faces of dimension r−1r-1r−1 reduces it to bounding the probability that a random (n−m)(n-m)(n−m)-dimensional subspace meets one cone CFC_FCF​ nontrivially, and getting that probability small enough to beat the combinatorial factor with the stated numerical constants is the hard part. Rough asymptotic estimates do not give 0.080.080.08 at α=0.75\alpha=0.75α=0.75.

Formalization scope

Vectors are functions Fin n → ℝ (the book's indices 1,…,n1,\dots,n1,…,n become 0,…,n−10,\dots,n-10,…,n−1) and matrices are Matrix (Fin m) (Fin n) ℝ. The ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​-norm is written out as ∑i∣xi∣\sum_i|x_i|∑i​∣xi​∣, since Mathlib's norm on Fin n → ℝ is the sup norm. The support is a Finset of indices. Optimality in (BP) and (BP′) is stated against every feasible point; no infimum is taken, so an empty or unbounded feasible set cannot create a spurious optimum. "Every 2r2r2r or fewer columns" ranges over finsets of distinct column indices, column jjj being Aᵀ j. The hypotheses m<nm<nm<n and r≤mr\le mr≤m of Lemma 8.5.4 are kept as on the page, although the equivalence does not use them; m<nm<nm<n is also the standing assumption of §8.5 needed for m≥2rm\ge 2rm≥2r.

In Theorem 8.5.2 the random matrix has the product law of independent gaussianReal 0 1 entries, the constant c>0c>0c>0 is quantified before nnn, and measurability of the BP-exact event is part of the conclusion, so the bound concerns a genuine probability rather than an outer measure.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: BP-exactness requires uniqueness among all minimizers for every right-hand side, not just optimality of x~\tilde xx~, and the crosspolytope condition is an equality of sets, not an inclusion that zzz alone would satisfy.

All definitions live in one module (MatousekLP.SparseRecovery.BasisPursuit); the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ and support vocabulary is reusable for later sparse-recovery missions. Contributions are welcome on every milestone, on the goal, and on the infrastructure towards Theorem 8.5.2 (Gaussian measures on matrix spaces, measurability of the BP-exact event, the face structure of the crosspolytope).

Selected references

  • J. Matoušek and B. Gärtner, Understanding and Using Linear Programming, Springer Universitext, 2007, §8.5. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-30717-4
  • S. S. Chen, D. L. Donoho and M. A. Saunders, Atomic decomposition by basis pursuit, SIAM J. Sci. Comput. 20(1), 1999, 33–61. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1064827596304010
  • E. J. Candès, M. Rudelson, T. Tao and R. Vershynin, Error correction via linear programming, Proc. 46th IEEE FOCS, 2005, 295–308. https://doi.org/10.1109/SFCS.2005.5464411
  • D. L. Donoho, High-dimensional centrally symmetric polytopes with neighborliness proportional to dimension, Discrete Comput. Geom. 35, 2006, 617–652. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00454-005-1220-0
  • N. Linial and I. Novik, How neighborly can a centrally symmetric polytope be?, Discrete Comput. Geom. 36, 2006, 273–281. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00454-006-1235-1
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsInformation TheoryLinear Optimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Understanding and Using Linear Programming VIII: The Delsarte Linear Programming Bound for Binary CodesTextbook

Motivation

A binary error-correcting code is a set of nnn-bit words chosen so that the words stay distinguishable after a few bits have been corrupted in transmission. A code can correct any rrr errors exactly when every two of its words differ in at least 2r+12r+12r+1 positions. The more words the code has, the more information each transmitted block carries. So the central quantitative question of coding theory is how large a code of given length and minimum distance can be. Codes are used in every technology that transmits or stores data, from disks and phones to deep-space probes.

In 1973 Philippe Delsarte showed that an upper bound on this maximum size is the optimum value of an explicit linear program (Delsarte, An algebraic approach to the association schemes of coding theory, Philips Res. Repts. Suppl. 10, 1973). The bound was far stronger than the classical volume argument and remains a standard tool. This mission formalizes the self-contained proof of the bound in §8.4 of Matoušek and Gärtner's textbook (Springer 2007). That proof follows Best, Brouwer, MacWilliams, Odlyzko and Sloane (IEEE Trans. Inform. Theory 24, 1978). The mission also covers the step of Delsarte's original argument that the book isolates as a lemma.

Timeline.

  • 1950: Hamming introduces single-error-correcting codes and the sphere-packing bound.
  • 1973: Delsarte proves the linear programming bound using association schemes.
  • 1978: Best et al. give the elementary parity proof and small improvements, among them A(17,3)≤6552A(17,3) \le 6552A(17,3)≤6552.
  • 2005: Schrijver replaces the linear program by a semidefinite program and improves many entries of the code tables (IEEE Trans. Inform. Theory 51).

Setting

A word is w=(w1,…,wn)∈{0,1}n\mathbf w = (w_1,\dots,w_n) \in \{0,1\}^nw=(w1​,…,wn​)∈{0,1}n, and a code is any set C⊆{0,1}nC \subseteq \{0,1\}^nC⊆{0,1}n. The Hamming distance dH(w,w′)d_H(\mathbf w,\mathbf w')dH​(w,w′) is the number of positions jjj with wj≠wj′w_j \ne w'_jwj​=wj′​. The weight ∣w∣|\mathbf w|∣w∣ is the number of ones in w\mathbf ww. The word w⊕w′\mathbf w \oplus \mathbf w'w⊕w′ is the entrywise sum modulo 2. For I⊆{1,…,n}I \subseteq \{1,\dots,n\}I⊆{1,…,n}, the restricted distance dHI(w,w′)d^I_H(\mathbf w,\mathbf w')dHI​(w,w′) counts only the differing positions that lie in III.

A code has distance ddd if dH(w,w′)≥dd_H(\mathbf w,\mathbf w') \ge ddH​(w,w′)≥d for all distinct w,w′∈C\mathbf w,\mathbf w' \in Cw,w′∈C (Definition 8.4.1). The quantity A(n,d)A(n,d)A(n,d) is the maximum of ∣C∣|C|∣C∣ over all codes C⊆{0,1}nC \subseteq \{0,1\}^nC⊆{0,1}n with distance ddd.

For 0≤i,t≤n0 \le i,t \le n0≤i,t≤n the Krawtchouk numbers are

Kt(n,i)=∑j=0min⁡(i,t)(−1)j(ij)(n−it−j).K_t(n,i) = \sum_{j=0}^{\min(i,t)} (-1)^j \binom ij \binom{n-i}{t-j}.Kt​(n,i)=j=0∑min(i,t)​(−1)j(ji​)(t−jn−i​).

The distance distribution of a code CCC is

x~i(C)=1∣C∣ ∣{(w,w′)∈C2:dH(w,w′)=i}∣,i=0,…,n.\tilde x_i(C) = \frac{1}{|C|}\,\bigl|\{(\mathbf w,\mathbf w')\in C^2 : d_H(\mathbf w,\mathbf w') = i\}\bigr|, \qquad i=0,\dots,n.x~i​(C)=∣C∣1​​{(w,w′)∈C2:dH​(w,w′)=i}​,i=0,…,n.

The Delsarte linear program has variables x0,…,xnx_0,\dots,x_nx0​,…,xn​. It maximizes x0+⋯+xnx_0+\dots+x_nx0​+⋯+xn​ subject to:

  • x0=1x_0 = 1x0​=1;
  • xi=0x_i = 0xi​=0 for 1≤i≤d−11 \le i \le d-11≤i≤d−1;
  • ∑i=0nKt(n,i) xi≥0\sum_{i=0}^n K_t(n,i)\,x_i \ge 0∑i=0n​Kt​(n,i)xi​≥0 for 1≤t≤n1 \le t \le n1≤t≤n;
  • x≥0x \ge 0x≥0.

For Delsarte's original argument, MiM_iMi​ is the 2n×2n2^n\times 2^n2n×2n matrix whose (v,w)(\mathbf v,\mathbf w)(v,w) entry is 111 when dH(v,w)=id_H(\mathbf v,\mathbf w) = idH​(v,w)=i and 000 otherwise. The weights are y~i=∣{(w,w′)∈C2:dH=i}∣/(2n(ni))\tilde y_i = |\{(\mathbf w,\mathbf w')\in C^2 : d_H = i\}| / (2^n\binom ni)y~​i​=∣{(w,w′)∈C2:dH​=i}∣/(2n(in​)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8.4.3 (the Delsarte bound)

A(n,d)  ≤  max⁡{∑i=0nxi  :  x feasible for the Delsarte program}for all n,d.A(n,d) \;\le\; \max\Bigl\{\textstyle\sum_{i=0}^n x_i \;:\; x \text{ feasible for the Delsarte program}\Bigr\}\quad\text{for all } n, d.A(n,d)≤max{∑i=0n​xi​:x feasible for the Delsarte program}for all n,d.

The goal is stated against every upper bound vvv of the objective on the feasible set. No particular optimum value is fixed, so the statement covers every nnn and ddd at once.

Milestones, in attack order

  1. Lemma 8.4.5. For every III and CCC, the pairs in C2C^2C2 with even dHId^I_HdHI​ are at least as many as the pairs with odd dHId^I_HdHI​.
  2. Corollary 8.4.6. ∑(w,w′)∈C2(−1)(w⊕w′)Tv≥0\sum_{(\mathbf w,\mathbf w')\in C^2}(-1)^{(\mathbf w\oplus\mathbf w')^T\mathbf v}\ge 0∑(w,w′)∈C2​(−1)(w⊕w′)Tv≥0 for every v\mathbf vv.
  3. Proposition 8.4.4. ∑i=0nKt(n,i) x~i(C)≥0\sum_{i=0}^n K_t(n,i)\,\tilde x_i(C) \ge 0∑i=0n​Kt​(n,i)x~i​(C)≥0 for every CCC and every t=1,…,nt = 1,\dots,nt=1,…,n.
  4. §8.4, p. 160. The values x~i(C)\tilde x_i(C)x~i​(C) sum to ∣C∣|C|∣C∣. For a nonempty code with distance ddd, the vector x~(C)\tilde x(C)x~(C) is feasible for the program.
  5. Lemma 8.4.2 (sphere-packing bound). A(n,2r+1)≤⌊2n/∑i=0r(ni)⌋A(n,2r+1) \le \lfloor 2^n / \sum_{i=0}^r\binom ni\rfloorA(n,2r+1)≤⌊2n/∑i=0r​(in​)⌋.
  6. Lemma 8.4.7. M~=∑i=0ny~iMi\tilde M = \sum_{i=0}^n \tilde y_i M_iM~=∑i=0n​y~​i​Mi​ is positive semidefinite.

Significance

The Delsarte bound turns an extremal problem over the 22n2^{2^n}22n subsets of the cube into a linear program with n+1n+1n+1 variables. For A(17,3)A(17,3)A(17,3) it gives 655365536553, while the sphere-packing bound gives 728172817281. Many entries of the standard code tables rest on this bound or its refinements. The positive semidefiniteness in Lemma 8.4.7 is the starting point of the semidefinite programming bounds of Schrijver and of later work. The same framework also underlies the linear programming bounds for spherical codes and sphere packings.

The theorem is classical and fully proved in the literature. Neither Mathlib nor this platform has a formal statement or proof of it. Mathlib has Hamming distance and binomial coefficients, but it has no A(n,d)A(n,d)A(n,d), no Krawtchouk numbers and no LP bound for codes. This mission would produce the first formal statement and proof. It would also produce reusable identities on Krawtchouk sums and character sums over {0,1}n\{0,1\}^n{0,1}n.

Difficulty

Two of the program's constraints are immediate once x~i\tilde x_ix~i​ is defined: x~0=1\tilde x_0 = 1x~0​=1, and x~i=0\tilde x_i = 0x~i​=0 for i<di < di<d. The difficulty lies in the Krawtchouk constraints. They do not follow from counting pairs at a single distance. They require a sign-weighted count over all words of weight ttt, and the sum must then be regrouped by the distance of each pair. That regrouping identifies a count of words, split by how many ones they share with a fixed word, with the Krawtchouk number. Formally this is an exchange of finite sums together with a binomial counting identity, and the index bookkeeping, including the range j≤min⁡(i,t)j \le \min(i,t)j≤min(i,t), has to be exact.

The obvious attempt proves the inequality one distance class at a time. It fails because the individual terms Kt(n,i) x~iK_t(n,i)\,\tilde x_iKt​(n,i)x~i​ have no sign. Only the whole sum is nonnegative.

Formalization scope

  • Words and codes. Words are Fin n → Bool, with bit 111 as true. The book's positions 1,…,n1,\dots,n1,…,n become 0, …, n-1. Codes are Finsets of words, and dHd_HdH​ is Mathlib's hammingDist.
  • The maximum A(n,d)A(n,d)A(n,d). A(n,d)A(n,d)A(n,d) is a Finset.sup over the finite family of codes with distance ddd. This family contains the empty code, so the maximum is attained.
  • Krawtchouk numbers. Kt(n,i)K_t(n,i)Kt​(n,i) is an integer, and its natural-number subtractions are honest for i≤ni \le ni≤n and j≤tj \le tj≤t.
  • LP variables and the xi=0x_i = 0xi​=0 constraints. The LP variables are indexed by Fin (n+1) with no index shift. The constraints xi=0x_i = 0xi​=0 are imposed for 1≤i<d1 \le i < d1≤i<d, so they are vacuous for d≤1d \le 1d≤1.
  • The empty code. Lean's convention 1/0=01/0 = 01/0=0 gives x~(∅)=0\tilde x(\emptyset) = 0x~(∅)=0. Proposition 8.4.4 then holds trivially, and the feasibility milestone carries the hypothesis C≠∅C \ne \emptysetC=∅ that the book's division presupposes.
  • The sphere-packing floor. The floor in the sphere-packing bound is natural-number division by a denominator that is at least 111.
  • Positive semidefiniteness. This is Mathlib's Matrix.PosSemidef over R\mathbb RR.

No trivialization. The goal is not stated as "A(n,d)≤sup⁡A(n,d) \le \supA(n,d)≤sup" with a real supremum, which Lean would evaluate to 000 on an empty or unbounded set. Its hypothesis ranges over upper bounds of a feasible program: (1,0,…,0)(1,0,\dots,0)(1,0,…,0) is always feasible, so the hypothesis is never vacuous.

Contributions welcome. Useful lemmas include:

  • Krawtchouk identities, for example ∑tKt(n,i)=2n[i=0]\sum_{t}K_t(n,i) = 2^n[i=0]∑t​Kt​(n,i)=2n[i=0] and Ki(n,t)(ni)=Kt(n,i)(nt)K_i(n,t)\binom ni = K_t(n,i)\binom ntKi​(n,t)(in​)=Kt​(n,i)(tn​);
  • counting words of weight ttt that meet a fixed support in exactly jjj positions;
  • general facts on character sums ∑w∈C(−1)wTv\sum_{\mathbf w\in C}(-1)^{\mathbf w^T\mathbf v}∑w∈C​(−1)wTv.

These are reusable for other LP and SDP bounds in coding theory.

Selected references

  • J. Matoušek, B. Gärtner, Understanding and Using Linear Programming, Springer Universitext, 2007, §8.4. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-30717-4
  • P. Delsarte, An algebraic approach to the association schemes of coding theory, Philips Research Reports Supplements 10, 1973.
  • M. R. Best, A. E. Brouwer, F. J. MacWilliams, A. M. Odlyzko, N. J. A. Sloane, Bounds for binary codes of length less than 25, IEEE Trans. Inform. Theory 24 (1978), 81–93. https://doi.org/10.1109/TIT.1978.1055827
  • A. Schrijver, New code upper bounds from the Terwilliger algebra and semidefinite programming, IEEE Trans. Inform. Theory 51 (2005), 2859–2866. https://doi.org/10.1109/TIT.2005.851748
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsLinear OptimizationOptimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Understanding and Using Linear Programming VII: LP Rounding Schedules Unrelated Machines Within Twice the Optimal MakespanTextbook

Motivation

Scheduling indivisible jobs on parallel machines to finish all of them as early as possible is a basic problem in operations research and in the theory of algorithms. In the unrelated machines model each job may take a different time on each machine, with no relation between the rows of the time table, as when machines of different types (black-and-white, duplex, colour copiers in the book's example) handle jobs of different kinds. Minimizing the makespan in this model is NP-hard, so the question is how close to the optimum a polynomial-time algorithm can get.

  • 1990. Lenstra, Shmoys and Tardos (Math. Programming 46, 259–271) give a polynomial-time algorithm that rounds a basic optimal solution of a linear programming relaxation and returns a schedule of makespan at most 2 topt2\,t_{\mathrm{opt}}2topt​. The same paper shows that approximating the optimum makespan within a factor less than 3/23/23/2 is NP-hard.
  • 2007. Matoušek and Gärtner present the algorithm in §8.3 of Understanding and Using Linear Programming in a simplified, somewhat less efficient form: minimize t∗(T)+Tt^*(T) + Tt∗(T)+T over the thresholds TTT rather than binary-searching for the smallest TTT with t∗(T)≤Tt^*(T) \le Tt∗(T)≤T. This mission follows the book's presentation.

The gap between 3/23/23/2 and 222 for the general unrelated-machines problem has remained open since 1990; it is the standard example of LP rounding driven by the sparsity of basic solutions.

Setting

There are mmm machines MMM and nnn jobs JJJ; dij>0d_{ij} > 0dij​>0 is the running time of job jjj on machine iii. A schedule is a map σ:J→M\sigma : J \to Mσ:J→M assigning each job to one machine. The load of machine iii is ∑j:σ(j)=idij\sum_{j:\sigma(j)=i} d_{ij}∑j:σ(j)=i​dij​, the makespan of σ\sigmaσ is the largest load, and toptt_{\mathrm{opt}}topt​ is the makespan of an optimal schedule, one whose makespan is at most that of every schedule.

For a real threshold TTT, the linear program LPR(T)\mathrm{LPR}(T)LPR(T) in the variables ttt and xijx_{ij}xij​ is

minimize  tsubject to  ∑i∈Mxij=1  (j∈J),∑j∈Jdijxij≤t  (i∈M),xij≥0,xij=0  whenever dij>T.\begin{aligned} \text{minimize } \ & t \\ \text{subject to } \ & \textstyle\sum_{i \in M} x_{ij} = 1 \ \ (j \in J), \qquad \textstyle\sum_{j \in J} d_{ij} x_{ij} \le t \ \ (i \in M),\\ & x_{ij} \ge 0, \qquad x_{ij} = 0 \ \text{ whenever } d_{ij} > T . \end{aligned}minimize  subject to  ​t∑i∈M​xij​=1  (j∈J),∑j∈J​dij​xij​≤t  (i∈M),xij​≥0,xij​=0  whenever dij​>T.​

Its optimal value is t∗(T)t^*(T)t∗(T), with t∗(T)=∞t^*(T) = \inftyt∗(T)=∞ when LPR(T)\mathrm{LPR}(T)LPR(T) is infeasible. The constraint matrix AAA has one row per machine, one per job and one per pair with dij>Td_{ij} > Tdij​>T; the column of xijx_{ij}xij​ carries dijd_{ij}dij​ in the row of machine iii, 111 in the row of job jjj, and 111 in the row of the constraint xij=0x_{ij} = 0xij​=0 if present. Assumption 8.3.1 on a solution x∗x^*x∗ is that the columns of AAA belonging to its nonzero variables are linearly independent; basic feasible solutions satisfy it. The support graph of x∗x^*x∗ is the bipartite graph G=(M∪J,E)G = (M \cup J, E)G=(M∪J,E) with E={{i,j}:xij∗>0}E = \{\{i,j\} : x^*_{ij} > 0\}E={{i,j}:xij∗​>0}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8.3.4

Let T∗T^*T∗ minimize t∗(T)+Tt^*(T) + Tt∗(T)+T over all real TTT and let (t∗,x∗)(t^*, x^*)(t∗,x∗) be an optimal solution of LPR(T∗)\mathrm{LPR}(T^*)LPR(T∗) satisfying Assumption 8.3.1. Then there is a schedule σ\sigmaσ with xσ(j)j∗>0x^*_{\sigma(j) j} > 0xσ(j)j∗​>0 for every job jjj and

max⁡i∈M∑j:σ(j)=idij  ≤  2 topt.\max_{i \in M} \sum_{j : \sigma(j) = i} d_{ij} \;\le\; 2\, t_{\mathrm{opt}} .i∈Mmax​j:σ(j)=i∑​dij​≤2topt​.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 8.3.2. Every subgraph of the support graph GGG has at most as many edges as vertices: ∣E′∣≤∣M′∣+∣J′∣|E'| \le |M'| + |J'|∣E′∣≤∣M′∣+∣J′∣.
  2. Lemma 8.3.3. For T≥0T \ge 0T≥0 and an optimal solution (t∗,x∗)(t^*, x^*)(t∗,x∗) of LPR(T)\mathrm{LPR}(T)LPR(T) satisfying Assumption 8.3.1, some schedule along the edges of GGG has makespan at most t∗+Tt^* + Tt∗+T.
  3. Proof of Theorem 8.3.4, first step. LPR(topt)\mathrm{LPR}(t_{\mathrm{opt}})LPR(topt​) is feasible and t∗(topt)≤toptt^*(t_{\mathrm{opt}}) \le t_{\mathrm{opt}}t∗(topt​)≤topt​.
  4. Proof of Theorem 8.3.4, second step. t∗(T∗)+T∗≤2 toptt^*(T^*) + T^* \le 2\,t_{\mathrm{opt}}t∗(T∗)+T∗≤2topt​.

Significance

The theorem gives a polynomial-time 2-approximation for an NP-hard problem, and its proof isolates a reusable principle: a basic solution of an assignment-type LP has a support graph in which every subgraph has at most as many edges as vertices (a pseudoforest), so all but a matching's worth of the fractional assignment is already integral. The same sparsity argument underlies rounding results for the generalized assignment problem and for many later scheduling and allocation relaxations.

The result has been proved since 1990 and is textbook material. It is not formalized on Prove2Me or, to the maintainers' knowledge, in Mathlib. This mission produces a machine-checked version of the rounding theorem together with the counting lemma on basic solutions, the relaxation inequality t∗(topt)≤toptt^*(t_{\mathrm{opt}}) \le t_{\mathrm{opt}}t∗(topt​)≤topt​, and the bound on the chosen threshold, each stated on shared definitions of the scheduling LP.

Difficulty

The obvious approach, rounding every job to the machine carrying the largest fraction of it, can overload a machine by many jobs at once and gives no constant factor. The bound t∗+Tt^* + Tt∗+T needs two facts that are not visible from the LP value alone: that the support of a basic solution is sparse in the precise sense of Lemma 8.3.2, which has to be read off the linear independence of columns of the constraint matrix after deleting rows; and that the jobs left fractional can be matched injectively to machines, which requires a Hall-type condition derived from that sparsity. Relating linear independence of real column vectors to an edge count in a bipartite graph, and then producing a matching, is where the formal work lies.

A second subtlety is the threshold TTT: the bound t∗+T≤2toptt^* + T \le 2 t_{\mathrm{opt}}t∗+T≤2topt​ holds only because T∗T^*T∗ is chosen by minimizing over thresholds, and the relaxation at T=toptT = t_{\mathrm{opt}}T=topt​ must be compared with the one at T∗T^*T∗ through optimal solutions of different linear programs.

Formalization scope

Machines are Fin m, jobs are Fin n (0-based; the book's machines 1,…,m1,\dots,m1,…,m and jobs m+1,…,m+nm+1,\dots,m+nm+1,…,m+n are disjoint index sets), running times form d : Matrix (Fin m) (Fin n) ℝ, and the standing hypothesis dij>0d_{ij} > 0dij​>0 of §8.3 appears in every theorem. A schedule is a function Fin n → Fin m; the makespan is the supremum of the loads over the finite type Fin m, which is the maximum for m≥1m \ge 1m≥1. The optimum toptt_{\mathrm{opt}}topt​ is the makespan of a schedule assumed optimal, never an infimum.

Optimal values of LPR(T)\mathrm{LPR}(T)LPR(T) are never written as sInf: statements quantify over optimal solutions, i.e. feasible (t,x)(t, x)(t,x) with t≤t′t \le t't≤t′ for every feasible (t′,x′)(t', x')(t′,x′). The book's convention t∗(T)=∞t^*(T) = \inftyt∗(T)=∞ for infeasible LPR(T)\mathrm{LPR}(T)LPR(T) is encoded by letting thresholds without an optimal solution impose no condition in the minimality hypothesis on T∗T^*T∗, which reads t∗+T∗≤t+Tt^* + T^* \le t + Tt∗+T∗≤t+T for every real TTT and every optimal solution (t,x)(t, x)(t,x) of LPR(T)\mathrm{LPR}(T)LPR(T). The constraint matrix used in Assumption 8.3.1 has rows indexed by Fin m ⊕ Fin n ⊕ {(i, j) // T < d i j} and excludes the column of ttt, as on p. 151.

"Efficiently construct" in Lemma 8.3.3 and "computes" in Theorem 8.3.4 are formalized by the property of the constructed schedule, not by its running time: every job goes to a machine iii with xij∗>0x^*_{ij} > 0xij∗​>0. This constraint is what rules out the trivializing formalization — "some schedule has makespan at most 2topt2 t_{\mathrm{opt}}2topt​" is true of the optimal schedule itself and says nothing about the rounding.

A complete development needs: finite linear algebra (a linearly independent family of vectors supported on kkk coordinates has at most kkk members), Hall's marriage theorem (available in Mathlib as Finset.all_card_le_biUnion_card_iff_exists_injective), and the existence of an optimal solution of a feasible, bounded linear program (used to apply the minimality of T∗T^*T∗ at T=toptT = t_{\mathrm{opt}}T=topt​). The counting lemma for basic solutions and the definitions of LPR(T)\mathrm{LPR}(T)LPR(T) are reusable for other assignment relaxations. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative proofs of Lemma 8.3.3 by the direct pseudoforest argument of p. 153–154, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Matoušek, B. Gärtner, Understanding and Using Linear Programming, Springer Universitext, 2007, §8.3, pp. 148–156. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-30717-4
  • J. K. Lenstra, D. B. Shmoys, É. Tardos, Approximation algorithms for scheduling unrelated parallel machines, Mathematical Programming 46 (1990), 259–271. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01585745
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryLinear OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Understanding and Using Linear Programming VI: The Minimax Theorem for Zero-Sum GamesTextbook

Why zero-sum games belong in a linear programming course

A two-player zero-sum game models any situation in which one party's gain is exactly the other party's loss: a military allocation in the spirit of Colonel Blotto, a sealed-bid contest, rock–paper–scissors. The central question is what each player should do when the opponent is also reasoning about them. John von Neumann answered it in 1928 with the minimax theorem (von Neumann 1928): each player has a strategy guaranteeing the same number, the value of the game, whatever the opponent does. The theorem underlies modern game theory, robust decision making, and the analysis of online learning algorithms, where regret bounds are routinely derived from it.

Section 8.1 of Matoušek and Gärtner's Understanding and Using Linear Programming (Springer 2007) presents the theorem as an application of linear programming duality. This mission is the sixth of a series formalizing the capstone results of the book.

Setting

Alice has m≥1m \ge 1m≥1 pure strategies and Bob has n≥1n \ge 1n≥1. A real m×nm \times nm×n payoff matrix M=(mij)M = (m_{ij})M=(mij​) records Alice's gain, and Bob's loss, when Alice plays her iiith and Bob his jjjth pure strategy. A mixed strategy of Alice is a probability vector x∈Rm\mathbf x \in \mathbb R^mx∈Rm, ∑ixi=1\sum_i x_i = 1∑i​xi​=1, x≥0\mathbf x \ge \mathbf 0x≥0; a mixed strategy of Bob is a probability vector y∈Rn\mathbf y \in \mathbb R^ny∈Rn. When the players randomize independently, Alice's expected payoff is

xTMy=∑i,jmijxiyj.\mathbf x^T M \mathbf y = \sum_{i,j} m_{ij} x_i y_j .xTMy=i,j∑​mij​xi​yj​.

The worst-case payoffs are

β(x)=min⁡yxTMy,α(y)=max⁡xxTMy,\beta(\mathbf x) = \min_{\mathbf y} \mathbf x^T M \mathbf y, \qquad \alpha(\mathbf y) = \max_{\mathbf x} \mathbf x^T M \mathbf y,β(x)=ymin​xTMy,α(y)=xmax​xTMy,

over mixed strategies. A mixed strategy of Bob is a best response against x\mathbf xx if it minimizes xTMy\mathbf x^T M\mathbf yxTMy; a mixed strategy of Alice is a best response against y\mathbf yy if it maximizes it. A pair (x~,y~)(\tilde{\mathbf x}, \tilde{\mathbf y})(x~,y~​) is a mixed Nash equilibrium (Definition 8.1.1) if each is a best response against the other. Alice's x~\tilde{\mathbf x}x~ is worst-case optimal if β(x~)=max⁡xβ(x)\beta(\tilde{\mathbf x}) = \max_{\mathbf x} \beta(\mathbf x)β(x~)=maxx​β(x); Bob's y~\tilde{\mathbf y}y~​ is worst-case optimal if α(y~)=min⁡yα(y)\alpha(\tilde{\mathbf y}) = \min_{\mathbf y}\alpha(\mathbf y)α(y~​)=miny​α(y).

The proof in the book passes through three linear programs: the dual of (8.1), which for a fixed x\mathbf xx maximizes x0x_0x0​ subject to MTx−1x0≥0M^T \mathbf x - \mathbf 1 x_0 \ge \mathbf 0MTx−1x0​≥0; program (8.2), the same with x\mathbf xx as variables subject to ∑ixi=1\sum_i x_i = 1∑i​xi​=1, x≥0\mathbf x \ge \mathbf 0x≥0; and program (8.4), which minimizes y0y_0y0​ subject to My−1y0≤0M \mathbf y - \mathbf 1 y_0 \le \mathbf 0My−1y0​≤0, ∑jyj=1\sum_j y_j = 1∑j​yj​=1, y≥0\mathbf y \ge \mathbf 0y≥0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8.1.3 (minimax theorem for zero-sum games)

For every m×nm \times nm×n payoff matrix with m,n≥1m, n \ge 1m,n≥1: worst-case optimal mixed strategies exist for both players; for any worst-case optimal x~\tilde{\mathbf x}x~ of Alice and y~\tilde{\mathbf y}y~​ of Bob, the pair (x~,y~)(\tilde{\mathbf x}, \tilde{\mathbf y})(x~,y~​) is a mixed Nash equilibrium; and there is a single number vvv, the value of the game, with

β(x~)=x~TMy~=α(y~)=v\beta(\tilde{\mathbf x}) = \tilde{\mathbf x}^T M \tilde{\mathbf y} = \alpha(\tilde{\mathbf y}) = vβ(x~)=x~TMy~​=α(y~​)=v

for every such pair. The third clause is what distinguishes the theorem from the existence of some saddle point.

Milestones

  1. β\betaβ and α\alphaα are attained minima and maxima (p. 135).
  2. Lemma 8.1.2(i): β(x)≤xTMy≤α(y)\beta(\mathbf x) \le \mathbf x^T M \mathbf y \le \alpha(\mathbf y)β(x)≤xTMy≤α(y) for all mixed x,y\mathbf x, \mathbf yx,y, hence max⁡xβ≤min⁡yα\max_{\mathbf x}\beta \le \min_{\mathbf y}\alphamaxx​β≤miny​α.
  3. Lemma 8.1.2(ii): both strategies of a mixed Nash equilibrium are worst-case optimal.
  4. Lemma 8.1.2(iii): β(x~)=α(y~)\beta(\tilde{\mathbf x}) = \alpha(\tilde{\mathbf y})β(x~)=α(y~​) implies that (x~,y~)(\tilde{\mathbf x}, \tilde{\mathbf y})(x~,y~​) is a mixed Nash equilibrium.
  5. The dual of (8.1) has optimal value β(x)\beta(\mathbf x)β(x) (p. 137).
  6. Eq. (8.3): an optimal solution (x~0,x~)(\tilde x_0, \tilde{\mathbf x})(x~0​,x~) of (8.2) satisfies x~0=β(x~)=max⁡xβ(x)\tilde x_0 = \beta(\tilde{\mathbf x}) = \max_{\mathbf x}\beta(\mathbf x)x~0​=β(x~)=maxx​β(x).
  7. Eq. (8.5): an optimal solution (y~0,y~)(\tilde y_0, \tilde{\mathbf y})(y~​0​,y~​) of (8.4) satisfies y~0=α(y~)=min⁡yα(y)\tilde y_0 = \alpha(\tilde{\mathbf y}) = \min_{\mathbf y}\alpha(\mathbf y)y~​0​=α(y~​)=miny​α(y).
  8. Programs (8.2) and (8.4) both have optimal solutions, and their optimum values coincide (p. 138).
  9. The minimax equality (p. 137):
max⁡xmin⁡yxTMy=min⁡ymax⁡xxTMy.\max_{\mathbf x}\min_{\mathbf y}\mathbf x^T M \mathbf y = \min_{\mathbf y}\max_{\mathbf x}\mathbf x^T M \mathbf y .xmax​ymin​xTMy=ymin​xmax​xTMy.

Significance

The theorem gives a complete prescription for zero-sum play: a worst-case optimal strategy secures at least the value against any opponent, and a worst-case optimal opponent holds the player to at most the value, so both players can announce their strategies in advance without loss. With Lemma 8.1.2(ii) it yields a characterization: a pair of mixed strategies is a Nash equilibrium if and only if both are worst-case optimal. The minimax equality is used downstream in online learning (regret-to-value arguments), in robust optimization, and in Yao's principle for randomized algorithms.

The mathematics is classical and proved; what this mission adds is a machine-checked version in the book's own formulation. The platform already has AGT.zero_sum_minimax (Algorithmic Game Theory I), which proves the existence of a saddle point, and the general FamousTheorems.sion_minimax_theorem. Neither states that every pair of worst-case optimal strategies is an equilibrium with a common value, and neither exhibits the LP route: the dual of (8.1), the programs (8.2) and (8.4), and their duality. The mission records that route statement by statement, so that it can be reused as a worked instance of LP duality.

Difficulty

Lemma 8.1.2 is routine; the entire content is the reverse inequality max⁡xβ(x)≥min⁡yα(y)\max_{\mathbf x}\beta(\mathbf x) \ge \min_{\mathbf y}\alpha(\mathbf y)maxx​β(x)≥miny​α(y). The obvious attack, maximizing β\betaβ directly, fails because β\betaβ is a minimum of linear functions and hence not linear, so its maximization is not a linear program as written. The obstacle is removed only by an appeal to LP duality in the proof, together with the facts that the simplices are nonempty and compact, and that the relevant programs are feasible and bounded so that optima exist. None of this is supplied by the pure-strategy structure of the game: pure Nash equilibria need not exist (rock–paper–scissors has none).

Formalization scope

Pure strategies are indexed by Fin m and Fin n, with the book's standing assumption m,n≥1m, n \ge 1m,n≥1 carried as hypotheses 1 ≤ m, 1 ≤ n by every theorem; the book's indices 1,…,m1,\dots,m1,…,m become 0,…,m−10,\dots,m-10,…,m−1. Mixed strategies are Mathlib's stdSimplex ℝ (Fin m), the payoff is x ⬝ᵥ (M *ᵥ y). β(x)\beta(\mathbf x)β(x) is the real sInf and α(y)\alpha(\mathbf y)α(y) the real sSup of the payoffs over the opponent's simplex; milestone 1 states that these are attained. A mixed Nash equilibrium is defined in the verbal form of Definition 8.1.1 (mutual best responses). Worst-case optimality is defined against all mixed strategies, never as a saddle-point condition, so the goal is not circular with Lemma 8.1.2(iii). LP optimality is stated as "feasible and at least as good as every feasible point", so no supremum over a possibly empty or unbounded feasible set is used.

The book's clause that worst-case optimal strategies "can be efficiently computed by linear programming" is algorithmic and is not part of the formal statement; there is no complexity model. A goal asserting only the existence of worst-case optimal strategies, or only the existence of some equilibrium, would drop the theorem's third clause and is ruled out: the common value vvv is quantified before all pairs of worst-case optimal strategies.

A complete development needs compactness of the standard simplex, continuity of the bilinear payoff, and a strong duality theorem for linear programs in the form of the programs (8.2)/(8.4); the latter is reusable across the whole series. Proofs by other routes (Sion's theorem, a separating hyperplane argument, fixed points) are welcome for the goal; the LP milestones stand on their own as statements about the programs.

Selected references

  • J. Matoušek, B. Gärtner, Understanding and Using Linear Programming, Springer Universitext, 2007, §8.1, pp. 131–142. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-30717-4
  • J. von Neumann, "Zur Theorie der Gesellschaftsspiele", Mathematische Annalen 100 (1928), 295–320. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01448847
  • M. Sion, "On general minimax theorems", Pacific Journal of Mathematics 8 (1958), 171–176. https://doi.org/10.2140/pjm.1958.8.171
12 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Understanding and Using Linear Programming II: Optimal Basic Feasible Solutions and Vertices in Equational FormTextbook

Motivation

Every finite algorithm for linear programming rests on one structural fact: if a linear program has an optimum at all, it has one at a point singled out by finitely many linear conditions. The simplex method walks between such points, and exact complexity analyses, sensitivity analysis and integrality arguments all start from them. Chapter 4 of J. Matoušek and B. Gärtner, Understanding and Using Linear Programming (Springer, 2007, DOI 10.1007/978-3-540-30717-4), establishes this fact for linear programs in equational form, in the definitions that the rest of the book (the simplex method of Chapter 5, duality in Chapter 6, the applications in Chapter 8) uses.

This mission is the second of a series formalizing that book. It fixes the book's notion of a basic feasible solution and of a vertex, and targets the theorem that optimal solutions exist whenever the program is feasible and bounded, and can then be chosen basic.

Setting

A linear program in equational form is

maximize cTxsubject toAx=b, x≥0,\text{maximize } c^{T}x \quad\text{subject to}\quad Ax=b,\ x\ge 0,maximize cTxsubject toAx=b, x≥0,

where AAA is a real m×nm\times nm×n matrix, b∈Rmb\in\mathbb{R}^mb∈Rm, c∈Rnc\in\mathbb{R}^nc∈Rn, and x≥0x\ge 0x≥0 means every coordinate of xxx is nonnegative. A feasible solution is an x∈Rnx\in\mathbb{R}^nx∈Rn satisfying both constraints; the set of them is PPP. An optimal solution is a feasible xxx with cTy≤cTxc^{T}y\le c^{T}xcTy≤cTx for every feasible yyy. The objective is bounded from above if some real MMM satisfies cTx≤Mc^{T}x\le McTx≤M for all feasible xxx.

Throughout Section 4.2 the book assumes that AAA has n≥mn\ge mn≥m columns and rank mmm (its rows are linearly independent). For S⊆{1,…,n}S\subseteq\{1,\dots,n\}S⊆{1,…,n}, ASA_SAS​ denotes the matrix formed by the columns of AAA with indices in SSS. A basis is an mmm-element set BBB for which ABA_BAB​ is nonsingular, i.e. its columns are linearly independent. A basic feasible solution is a feasible xxx for which some basis BBB has xj=0x_j=0xj​=0 for every j∉Bj\notin Bj∈/B.

A point vvv is a vertex of PPP if v∈Pv\in Pv∈P and some nonzero c∈Rnc\in\mathbb{R}^nc∈Rn satisfies cTv>cTyc^{T}v>c^{T}ycTv>cTy for every y∈P∖{v}y\in P\setminus\{v\}y∈P∖{v}: vvv is the unique maximizer over PPP of a nonzero linear function.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.2.3 (p. 46)

For AAA of rank mmm with n≥mn\ge mn≥m,

(P≠∅ ∧ ∃M ∀x∈P, cTx≤M) ⟹ ∃ x∗ optimal,\Bigl(P\neq\emptyset\ \wedge\ \exists M\ \forall x\in P,\ c^{T}x\le M\Bigr)\ \Longrightarrow\ \exists\,x^{*}\ \text{optimal},(P=∅ ∧ ∃M ∀x∈P, cTx≤M) ⟹ ∃x∗ optimal, ∃ x∗ optimal ⟹ ∃ x~ optimal and basic feasible.\exists\,x^{*}\ \text{optimal}\ \Longrightarrow\ \exists\,\tilde x\ \text{optimal and basic feasible}.∃x∗ optimal ⟹ ∃x~ optimal and basic feasible.

Both parts are one theorem, as in the book. Part (i) says optimal solutions fail to exist only for the two obvious reasons, infeasibility and unboundedness; part (ii) says an optimum can always be found among basic feasible solutions.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 4.2.1 (p. 45): a feasible xxx is basic if and only if the columns of AKA_KAK​ are linearly independent, where K={j:xj>0}K=\{j : x_j>0\}K={j:xj​>0}.
  2. Proposition 4.2.2 (p. 45): for a basis BBB there is at most one feasible solution vanishing outside BBB.
  3. The statement proved inside the proof of Theorem 4.2.3 (p. 47): if the objective is bounded above, every feasible x0x_0x0​ is dominated by a basic feasible x~\tilde xx~, cTx~≥cTx0c^{T}\tilde x\ge c^{T}x_0cTx~≥cTx0​.
  4. Theorem 4.4.1 (p. 54): a point of PPP is a vertex of PPP if and only if it is a basic feasible solution.

Significance

Theorem 4.2.3 gives a finite, if impractical, algorithm for linear programming: enumerate the at most (nm)\binom{n}{m}(mn​) sets BBB, solve ABxB=bA_Bx_B=bAB​xB​=b, and keep the best nonnegative solution. It is the correctness backbone of the simplex method, which visits basic feasible solutions in a smarter order, and it is the source of the book's claim that a feasible and bounded linear program has an optimal solution. Theorem 4.4.1 identifies this algebraic notion with the geometric corners of the feasible polyhedron, which is what makes statements such as "the LP relaxation has an integral vertex" in later chapters meaningful.

All of these results are classical and fully proved in the book. The value of formalizing them here is the definition layer: later missions of this series (Bland's rule, the central path, the scheduling application) state their results about bases and basic feasible solutions in exactly these definitions, and a proved Theorem 4.2.3 in this form lets them import the existence of an optimal basic solution instead of re-deriving it. Related facts are already machine-checked on Prove2Me in the formulation of Bertsimas and Tsitsiklis (Introduction to Linear Optimization I and II: minimization over polyhedra {x:aiTx≥bi}\{x : a_i^{T}x\ge b_i\}{x:aiT​x≥bi​}, extreme points, basic solutions as nnn active linearly independent constraints). Those statements concern a different presentation of the program and a different notion of basic solution; connecting them to the equational-form statements here is itself a welcome contribution.

Difficulty

The obvious argument for part (i), "a continuous function on a closed set bounded above attains its supremum", fails: the feasible set is usually unbounded, and a linear function bounded above on an unbounded closed convex set need not obviously attain its supremum without using the polyhedral structure. The existence of an optimum is exactly the nontrivial content of part (i); compactness is not available.

For milestone 1, the delicate direction is the converse: a set of linearly independent columns indexed by KKK must be completed to an mmm-element basis, which requires the rank-mmm assumption. For Theorem 4.4.1, the direction from vertex to basic feasible solution is not local: a vertex is defined by an optimization property, while basicness is a statement about the support of the point.

Formalization scope

All items live in the namespace MatousekLP.BFS and share one definition module, MatousekLP.BFS.EquationalForm. Conventions:

  • vectors are Fin n → ℝ, matrices Matrix (Fin m) (Fin n) ℝ; the book's indices 1,…,n1,\dots,n1,…,n are 0, …, n-1;
  • Ax=bAx=bAx=b is A *ᵥ x = b, x≥0x\ge 0x≥0 is 0 ≤ x (pointwise), cTxc^{T}xcTx is c ⬝ᵥ x;
  • a subset BBB of indices is a Finset (Fin n); "ABA_BAB​ nonsingular" is linear independence over R\mathbb{R}R of the family of columns of AAA indexed by the elements of BBB, together with B.card = m;
  • the standing assumption of §4.2 is the pair of hypotheses m ≤ n and A.rank = m on every theorem;
  • "optimal" and "bounded from above" are stated against every feasible point. No real supremum over the feasible set appears anywhere, so an empty or unbounded feasible set cannot make a statement hold through a default value;
  • "vertex" is the book's unique-maximizer definition of p. 53, not Mathlib's Set.extremePoints; the book's remark on p. 55 that the two coincide is not used as a definition;
  • Theorem 4.4.1 carries the extra hypothesis n≥1n\ge 1n≥1: for n=0n=0n=0 there is no nonzero vector in R0\mathbb{R}^0R0, the single feasible point 000 is basic but not a vertex, and the book's equivalence fails.

A formalization in which "optimal" were defined through sSup of the objective over the feasible set would make part (ii) trivially true or false on unbounded programs; the definitions here rule that out. Dropping the rank hypothesis would make part (ii) false (no basis exists when the rows are dependent), so it is not optional.

Reusable infrastructure: the column-restriction and basis vocabulary, the support set KKK, and the extension of a linearly independent set of columns to a basis of the column space are needed again in the simplex chapter. Proofs of any milestone, and bridges to Mathlib's Set.extremePoints or to the Bertsimas–Tsitsiklis statements on the platform, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Matoušek and B. Gärtner, Understanding and Using Linear Programming, Universitext, Springer, 2007, Chapter 4, pp. 41–56. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-30717-4
  • D. Bertsimas and J. N. Tsitsiklis, Introduction to Linear Optimization, Athena Scientific, 1997, Chapter 2.
  • G. M. Ziegler, Lectures on Polytopes, Graduate Texts in Mathematics 152, Springer, 1995. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4613-8431-1
6 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryMechanism DesignProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

An Introduction to the Theory of Mechanism Design X: Robust Mechanism Design — Belief Revelation on Finite Type SpacesTextbook

Motivation

Classical Bayesian mechanism design assumes that the designer knows the agents' beliefs about each other: typically a commonly known prior over independent private values. Wilson's critique (1987) observed that mechanisms tuned to such a prior can depend on details that no designer knows, and a literature on robust mechanism design replaced the fixed prior by a large family of possible beliefs. Chapter 10 of Börgers, An Introduction to the Theory of Mechanism Design (OUP 2015), develops this programme in the framework of Bergemann and Morris (2001, 2005): agents' information is described by a type space, the designer is uncertain which beliefs agents hold, and mechanisms are compared across all type profiles at once.

Timeline of the results formalized here:

  • 1980: Hylland shows that strategy-proof random mechanisms satisfying unanimity conditions are random dictatorships; Dutta, Peters and Sen (2007, 2008) give and correct the cardinal version used in the chapter.
  • 1985: Mertens and Zamir construct the universal type space of belief hierarchies; the space of finite types is emphasized by Dekel, Fudenberg and Morris (2006).
  • 1988: Crémer and McLean show that with correlated types satisfying a spanning condition, beliefs can be elicited at no cost (Proposition 6.4 of the book).
  • 2001–2005: Bergemann and Morris introduce payoff and belief types and prove that on finite type spaces only incentive constraints between types with the same beliefs matter (their Proposition 4.5, the goal of this mission).
  • 2010–2014: Smith, Börgers and Smith study the ranking of mechanisms without a common prior; random dictatorship with compromise comes from Börgers and Smith (2012, 2014).

Setting

There are finitely many agents i∈Ii \in Ii∈I, and agent iii has a set Θi\Theta_iΘi​ of payoff types. An outcome xxx gives agent iii the utility ui(x,θ)u_i(x,\theta)ui​(x,θ), which may depend on all payoff types. A type space T=(Ti,θ^i,β^i)i∈I\mathcal T = (T_i,\hat\theta_i,\hat\beta_i)_{i\in I}T=(Ti​,θ^i​,β^​i​)i∈I​ consists of nonempty sets TiT_iTi​ of types, a payoff type map θ^i:Ti→Θi\hat\theta_i : T_i \to \Theta_iθ^i​:Ti​→Θi​ and a belief map β^i:Ti→Δ(T−i)\hat\beta_i : T_i \to \Delta(T_{-i})β^​i​:Ti​→Δ(T−i​), where T−i=∏j≠iTjT_{-i} = \prod_{j\ne i}T_jT−i​=∏j=i​Tj​. Different types may share a payoff type and differ only in their beliefs, and vice versa. A common prior is a distribution μ\muμ on TTT from which every type's belief is obtained by conditioning. A type space has a large variety of certainties if for every θi\theta_iθi​ and θ−i\theta_{-i}θ−i​ some type with payoff type θi\theta_iθi​ is certain that the others' payoff types are θ−i\theta_{-i}θ−i​. The space of finite types T+\mathcal T^+T+ collects every infinite hierarchy of beliefs ("I believe that you believe that …") that is generated by a type of some finite type space.

A mechanism (S1,…,SN,g)(S_1,\dots,S_N,g)(S1​,…,SN​,g) has strategy sets SiS_iSi​ and an outcome rule g:S→Δ(X)g : S \to \Delta(X)g:S→Δ(X). Strategies σi:Ti→Δ(Si)\sigma_i : T_i \to \Delta(S_i)σi​:Ti​→Δ(Si​) form a Bayesian equilibrium if each type maximizes expected utility under its own belief; it is belief-independent if types with equal payoff types play alike, and ex post if each type's choice stays optimal when it becomes certain of the others' types. A direct mechanism asks agents for their types, a reduced direct mechanism only for their payoff types. In the quasi-linear case outcomes are (a,t1,…,tN)(a,t_1,\dots,t_N)(a,t1​,…,tN​) and ui=vi(a,θ)−tiu_i = v_i(a,\theta) - t_iui​=vi​(a,θ)−ti​, with tit_iti​ paid by agent iii; a direct mechanism is (q,t)(q,t)(q,t).

Formalization targets

Goal: belief revelation on finite type spaces (Proposition 10.6)

On a finite type space with quasi-linear utilities, suppose that for every agent no belief in {β^i(τi):τi∈Ti}\{\hat\beta_i(\tau_i) : \tau_i\in T_i\}{β^​i​(τi​):τi​∈Ti​} is a convex combination of the others, and that in the direct mechanism (q,t)(q,t)(q,t) no type wants to imitate another type with the same belief. Then there is a direct mechanism (q~,t~)(\tilde q,\tilde t)(q~​,t~) in which truth telling is a Bayesian equilibrium, with

q~(τ)=q(τ)  ∀τ∈T,∑τ−iβ^i(τi)(τ−i) t~i(τ)=∑τ−iβ^i(τi)(τ−i) ti(τ)  ∀i,τi.\tilde q(\tau) = q(\tau)\ \ \forall \tau\in T,\qquad \sum_{\tau_{-i}}\hat\beta_i(\tau_i)(\tau_{-i})\,\tilde t_i(\tau) = \sum_{\tau_{-i}}\hat\beta_i(\tau_i)(\tau_{-i})\, t_i(\tau)\ \ \forall i,\tau_i.q~​(τ)=q(τ)  ∀τ∈T,τ−i​∑​β^​i​(τi​)(τ−i​)t~i​(τ)=τ−i​∑​β^​i​(τi​)(τ−i​)ti​(τ)  ∀i,τi​.

The goal fixes neither the transfers t~\tilde tt~ nor any bound on them; it asserts the existence of a truthful mechanism with the same alternatives and the same interim payments.

Milestones

The other fourteen numbered results of the chapter: conditional independence of payoff types under a full-support common prior (10.1); three revelation principles (10.2–10.4); existence of Bayesian equilibria of finite mechanisms on T+\mathcal T^+T+ (10.5); betting between agents with inconsistent beliefs (10.7); ex post implementation of unique equilibrium outcomes and alternatives (10.8, 10.9); emptiness of the set of undominated auctions under interim Pareto welfare and under ex post revenue (10.10, 10.11); Hylland's characterization of random dictatorship (10.12); and three comparisons of random dictatorship with random dictatorship with compromise (10.13–10.15).

Significance

Proposition 10.6 reduces the design problem on a finite type space to incentive constraints among types with the same beliefs: belief types can always be elicited by side payments that leave interim utilities unchanged. With a common prior and Proposition 10.1 this yields optimal mechanisms by solving an independent-types problem for each profile of belief types (§10.8; Farinha Luz 2013 carries this out for auctions). Proposition 10.7 and its consequences 10.10–10.11 show why the same construction cannot be used without a common prior: inconsistent beliefs allow unbounded bets, so interim or revenue criteria admit no undominated mechanism. Propositions 10.12–10.15 show that relaxing belief independence escapes Hylland's impossibility result in the voting problem.

None of these results is formalized elsewhere to our knowledge. The book proves only some of them (10.1, 10.5, 10.8, 10.9, 10.13–10.15 are proved or outlined; 10.6 is sketched; the proofs of 10.2–10.4 are omitted as standard; 10.7 and 10.10–10.12 are stated without proof), so formalization also produces complete proofs of results the book leaves informal. Two printed statements are corrected (see Formalization scope).

Difficulty

The obvious approach to Proposition 10.6 applies the Crémer–McLean construction type by type. This fails because several types may share a belief: a side payment that depends on the reported belief cannot separate them, and the convex-independence condition concerns the set of distinct beliefs rather than the indexed family of types.

For the results on T+\mathcal T^+T+, a type is an infinite belief hierarchy, and a strategy must be one function on all finite types simultaneously. Existence (10.5) cannot be obtained by applying Nash's theorem to a single finite type space, because a type belongs to many finite type spaces and must play the same strategy in all of them. Hylland's theorem (10.12) requires a full characterization of strategy-proof random rules on a cardinal preference domain.

Formalization scope

  • Distributions Δ(X)\Delta(X)Δ(X) are countably supported (PMF X); expected utilities are sums. The book leaves the measure structure of type spaces unspecified (p.179, note 3); finite type spaces, T+\mathcal T^+T+ and point beliefs are covered exactly. A Bayesian equilibrium requires every type's expected utility to exist (absolute summability) under every mixed strategy.
  • A type's belief is a distribution on ∏j≠iTj\prod_{j\ne i}T_j∏j=i​Tj​. Beliefs in Proposition 10.6 are vectors in RT−i\mathbb R^{T_{-i}}RT−i​, and condition (i) is stated with the convex hull of the other distinct beliefs.
  • Quasi-linear direct mechanisms are deterministic, q:T→Aq : T\to Aq:T→A, ti:T→Rt_i : T\to\mathbb Rti​:T→R. Mixed misreports are allowed in every equilibrium notion.
  • T+\mathcal T^+T+ is built from belief hierarchies encoded level by level (L0=ΘiL_0 = \Theta_iL0​=Θi​, Ln+1=Θi×Δ(∏j≠iLn,j)L_{n+1} = \Theta_i\times\Delta(\prod_{j\ne i}L_{n,j})Ln+1​=Θi​×Δ(∏j=i​Ln,j​)) and the finite type spaces generating them. The universal type space (Definition 10.5) is not needed and not formalized.
  • §10.11: two agents Fin 2, candidates {a,b,c}\{a,b,c\}{a,b,c}, strict private vNM utilities with every strict utility attained; mechanisms map to lotteries over candidates; rankings are bijections C ≃ Fin 3.
  • Corrections of the page: in Proposition 10.7 the signs of the transfers in (v) are reversed on the page relative to the bet described on p.186 and are stated as described; Proposition 10.9 is false under a large variety of certainties alone and is stated under the common-certainty condition that its proof uses, on type spaces whose beliefs have finite support (with countably supported beliefs the reduced mechanism's expected utilities need not exist). Both are explained in the item notes.
  • The goal is not trivialized by taking (q~,t~)=(q,t)(\tilde q,\tilde t) = (q,t)(q~​,t~)=(q,t): condition (ii) constrains only types with the same belief, so the original mechanism is in general not incentive-compatible, and the conclusion demands full Bayesian incentive compatibility.

Welcome contributions: a finite Farkas/separation lemma in the form needed for 10.6 (the platform has Polyhedral.farkas_lemma), basic API for PMF-valued type spaces (products of mixed strategies, conditioning), and the hierarchy map of finite type spaces, which all T+\mathcal T^+T+ milestones share.

Selected references

  • T. Börgers, An Introduction to the Theory of Mechanism Design, Oxford University Press, 2015, Ch. 10. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199734023.001.0001
  • D. Bergemann, S. Morris, Robust Mechanism Design, Cowles Foundation Discussion Paper 1421, 2001; Econometrica 73 (2005) 1771–1813. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-0262.2005.00638.x
  • J. Crémer, R. McLean, Full Extraction of the Surplus in Bayesian and Dominant Strategy Auctions, Econometrica 56 (1988) 1247–1257. https://doi.org/10.2307/1913096
  • J.-F. Mertens, S. Zamir, Formulation of Bayesian Analysis for Games with Incomplete Information, International Journal of Game Theory 14 (1985) 1–29. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01770224
  • B. Dutta, H. Peters, A. Sen, Strategy-Proof Cardinal Decision Schemes, Social Choice and Welfare 28 (2007) 163–179. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00355-006-0152-4
  • T. Börgers, D. Smith, Robust Mechanism Design and Dominant Strategy Voting Rules, Theoretical Economics 9 (2014) 339–360. https://doi.org/10.3982/TE1100
19 thms2 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 36 of 45Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me